docs: remove obsolete mobile sidebar references

docs: refresh modernized widget screenshots
docs: finish onboarding mobile coverage
2026-08-12 11:49:23 +02:00 · 2026-08-12 11:40:24 +02:00 · 2026-08-12 01:36:53 +02:00 · 2026-08-12 01:35:55 +02:00 · 2026-08-12 01:34:34 +02:00 · 2026-08-12 01:33:56 +02:00
1991 changed files with 254453 additions and 66733 deletions
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+---
+name: homarr-custom-widget
+description: Author safe Homarr Custom JSX v2 widgets from API documentation.
+---
+
+# Homarr Custom Widget
+
+Author one widget at a time. When connected to Homarr, retrieve `homarr://custom-widgets/schema` and only the component resources needed for the design. The live resources are authoritative for the installed release.
+
+Keep documentation retrieval targeted: fetch at most eight named component documents before the first validation, or at most four after loading a complete example. Fetch another component only when a validation issue or a concrete missing interaction requires it; never load the catalog component-by-component.
+
+1. Read the API documentation.
+2. Create one credential-free widget with keyed `sources`, keyed `requests`, optional keyed `options`, and safe JSX `template`.
+3. Validate, preview, test queries and simulated actions, visually inspect, and iterate.
+4. Configure deployment-specific source URLs and request credentials through Homarr; never repeat plaintext.
+5. Save only after narrow/wide, light/dark, loading, empty, error, and success states work. When connected through MCP, persist the exact final tested preview with `customWidget_createFromPreview`; do not resend a large template through `customWidget_create` unless no preview session is available.
+
+Treat a supplied sample or successful preview response as the binding contract. Render every core requested field, guard optional arrays and nested values before indexing, and do not silently drop returned items. Show concise freshness context when the API supplies a timestamp. Give recoverable load errors and empty states a clear refresh or retry path.
+
+Use `{option:name}` or `$option` for saved options. Use `{param:name}` or `$param` for values supplied by `SubFetch`, `ActionButton`, or `ToggleSwitch`. Load queries cannot use invocation parameters. Templates read `data`, `status`, `options`, and temporary `inputs`.
+
+`SubFetch` with `trigger="manual"` renders its own load button. Pass a card or image through `triggerContent` with `triggerAriaLabel` when that content should launch the request. Its callback is `(result, meta)`; never author `onClick` or a fetch callback.
+
+Use standard Mantine compound names and deliberate visual hierarchy, spacing, restrained semantic color, and responsive layouts. Avoid excessive nested cards.
+
+Aim for distinctive polish without decorative gradients or fragile custom styling: use one semantic accent, clear surface contrast, purposeful typography, and compact rows that remain scannable in narrow tiles. Give standalone icons an accessible label or pair them with visible text.
+
+Make initial states actionable with an example, useful hint, or clear next step. Use wrapping groups for variable-length labels and values on narrow tiles. Do not use an unlabeled decorative icon as an empty state.
+
+Do not use imports, hooks, refs, raw HTML, raw event callbacks, browser requests, arbitrary functions, eval, bigint, npm packages, authored statement blocks, IIFEs, or recursion. Do not pretend MCP tools exist in an offline chat session.
+
+To install an existing widget, use `customWidget_workshopSearch`, inspect it with `customWidget_workshopGet`, then use `customWidget_workshopInstall`. Configure each self-hosted source afterward with `customWidget_sourceConfigure`, or call `customWidget_configurationRequestUser` so the user can enter the server URL and credentials directly in Homarr.
+
+Preview-scoped configuration expires with the preview. To persist user-entered values for a new widget, create the widget first, request configuration for its definition ID, then create a final preview with that definition ID so Homarr loads the stored credentials.
+
+When this skill is installed from the repository, optional offline details are in `references/schema.md`, `references/runtime.md`, and `references/security.md`. MCP-only clients should use the live Homarr resources instead.
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Runtime
+
+Templates read `data.requestId`, `status.requestId`, `options.name`, and temporary `inputs.name`. Status contains `loading`, `ok`, `status`, `statusText`, and `error`.
+
+`bind="search"` creates an in-memory input. It is never persisted. Supply invocation values only through `params`, for example:
+
+```jsx
+<TextInput bind="search" label="Search" />
+<SubFetch requestId="search" params={{ query: inputs.search }}>
+  {(items) => <Stack>{(items ?? []).map(item => <Text key={item.id}>{item.name}</Text>)}</Stack>}
+</SubFetch>
+```
+
+`SubFetch` with `trigger="manual"` renders its own load button. To make a card or image launch the request, pass that node through `triggerContent` and provide `triggerAriaLabel`; Homarr supplies the click and keyboard behavior. Its optional second callback argument contains `{ ok, status, statusText, loading: false }`; loading and request failures are rendered by `SubFetch` before the callback runs. Do not author `onClick` or a fetch callback.
+
+Use expression callbacks for supported collection methods and trusted slots. Do not use callback blocks, IIFEs, authored recursion, or raw events. Bounded regex literals work only with safe string matching/replacement operations.
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Schema
+
+```ts
+interface HomarrCustomWidgetV2 {
+  $schema: "homarr-custom-widget-v2";
+  name: string;
+  description?: string;
+  iconUrl?: string;
+  sources: Record<string, CustomWidgetSource>;
+  requests: Record<string, CustomWidgetRequest>;
+  options?: Record<string, CustomWidgetOption>;
+  template: string;
+}
+```
+
+Sources require `default`. A request defaults to the default source, query, GET, load, inherited auth, and view permission. An action defaults to manual and modify permission. DELETE uses full permission and confirmation.
+
+Use stable real URLs for public APIs and clear suggested URLs for self-hosted services. Homarr collects the installer's server URL, network scope, and credentials as source setup; credentials remain outside the manifest.
+
+Paths use `{option:name}` and `{param:name}`. Query/body data uses `{ "$option": "name" }` and `{ "$param": "name" }`. Load queries cannot use params. Runtime parameter names and primitive values are inferred from references.
+
+Every option has `label`, `control`, and `default`. Optional fields are `description`, `choices`, `choicesFrom`, `min`, `max`, `step`, `advanced`, and `group`.
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Security
+
+All requests use Homarr's protected server executor. Source origin, network scope, DNS, redirects, SSRF, rate limits, permissions, size limits, timeouts, and encrypted credential injection remain enforced.
+
+The JSX interpreter blocks imports, hooks, refs, raw event callbacks, browser requests, eval, arbitrary functions, prototype access, unsafe URLs, global CSS escape, arbitrary portals, bigint, statement blocks, IIFEs, and recursion. Regex literals must be bounded and reject backreferences, lookbehind, nested quantifiers, excessive length, and unsupported flags.
+
+Credentials are stored separately and never exported or returned to an agent. A published self-hosted source URL is only a suggestion: installers must confirm or replace private and loopback URLs for their own Homarr deployment. Source origins cannot be controlled through widget options.
@@ -0,0 +1,622 @@
+# Migrating Tables from mantine-react-table to mantine-datatable
+
+This document captures every pattern, fix, and decision from the downloads widget rework (PR #6430). Use it as a playbook when porting other tables.
+
+## Migration Candidates
+
+Current `mantine-react-table` consumers that could be migrated:
+
+**Widgets (in `packages/widgets/`):**
+- `docker/component.tsx` — Docker container table
+- `media-server/component.tsx` — Media server sessions
+
+**Admin pages (in `apps/nextjs/src/app/[locale]/manage/`):**
+- `tools/docker/docker-table.tsx`
+- `tools/tasks/_components/tasks-table.tsx`
+- `tools/api/components/api-keys.tsx`
+- `users/_components/user-list.tsx`
+- `users/invites/_components/invite-list.tsx`
+- `tools/kubernetes/` — 8 Kubernetes resource tables
+
+**Modals:**
+- `packages/modals-collection/src/search-engines/request-media-modal.tsx`
+
+**Shared hook to remove once all migrated:**
+- `packages/ui/src/hooks/use-translated-mantine-react-table.ts`
+
+---
+
+## 1. Core Migration: mantine-react-table → mantine-datatable
+
+### Import changes
+
+```typescript
+// BEFORE
+import { MantineReactTable, useMantineReactTable } from "mantine-react-table";
+import type { MRT_ColumnDef } from "mantine-react-table";
+
+// AFTER
+import { DataTable, useDataTableColumns } from "mantine-datatable";
+import type { DataTableColumn, DataTableSortStatus } from "mantine-datatable";
+```
+
+### Column definition shape
+
+```typescript
+// BEFORE (MRT)
+const columns: MRT_ColumnDef<MyRow>[] = [
+  {
+    accessorKey: "name",
+    header: "Name",
+    size: 200,
+    enableSorting: true,
+    Cell: ({ row }) => <Text>{row.original.name}</Text>,
+  },
+];
+
+// AFTER (mantine-datatable)
+const columns: DataTableColumn<MyRow>[] = [
+  {
+    accessor: "name",           // not accessorKey
+    title: "Name",              // not header
+    width: 200,                 // not size
+    sortable: true,             // not enableSorting
+    render: (record) => <Text>{record.name}</Text>,  // not Cell
+  },
+];
+```
+
+Key differences:
+- `accessorKey` → `accessor`
+- `header` → `title`
+- `size` → `width`
+- `Cell: ({ row }) =>` → `render: (record) =>`
+- `enableSorting` → `sortable`
+- `enableColumnActions` → does not exist (no column action menus)
+- `mantineTableBodyCellProps` → `cellsStyle` in `defaultColumnProps`
+
+### Table component
+
+```typescript
+// BEFORE
+const table = useTranslatedMantineReactTable({ columns, data, ... });
+return <MantineReactTable table={table} />;
+
+// AFTER
+return (
+  <DataTable
+    records={data}
+    columns={columns}
+    sortStatus={sortStatus}
+    onSortStatusChange={setSortStatus}
+    ...
+  />
+);
+```
+
+### Sorting is manual
+
+mantine-datatable does NOT sort for you. You must sort the data yourself:
+
+```typescript
+const [sortStatus, setSortStatus] = useState<DataTableSortStatus<MyRow>>({
+  columnAccessor: "name",
+  direction: "asc",
+});
+
+const sortedData = useMemo(() => {
+  const mult = sortStatus.direction === "desc" ? -1 : 1;
+  return [...data].toSorted((a, b) => {
+    const aVal = a[sortStatus.columnAccessor];
+    const bVal = b[sortStatus.columnAccessor];
+    if (typeof aVal === "string") return aVal.localeCompare(bVal as string) * mult;
+    return ((aVal as number) - (bVal as number)) * mult;
+  });
+}, [data, sortStatus]);
+
+// Pass sortedData to records, not data
+<DataTable records={sortedData} sortStatus={sortStatus} onSortStatusChange={setSortStatus} />
+```
+
+---
+
+## 2. Making Tables Transparent (Widget Context)
+
+Widgets sit inside board cards that have user-controlled opacity. The table must be fully transparent so the card background shows through. mantine-datatable defaults to `var(--mantine-color-body)` which is opaque.
+
+Create a CSS file alongside the component:
+
+```css
+/* styles.css */
+.my-table,
+.my-table .mantine-datatable-table,
+.my-table .mantine-datatable-table thead,
+.my-table .mantine-datatable-table tbody,
+.my-table .mantine-datatable-table tfoot,
+.my-table th,
+.my-table td {
+  background-color: transparent !important;
+}
+
+.my-table .mantine-datatable-table tr {
+  background-color: transparent;
+}
+
+/* Hover: translucent instead of opaque */
+.my-table .mantine-datatable-table tbody tr:hover {
+  background-color: color-mix(in srgb, var(--mantine-color-default-hover) 40%, transparent) !important;
+}
+
+/* Headers: frosted glass effect */
+.my-table th {
+  white-space: nowrap;
+  background-color: color-mix(in srgb, var(--mantine-color-body) 60%, transparent) !important;
+  backdrop-filter: blur(8px);
+}
+
+/* Cell overflow */
+.my-table td {
+  white-space: nowrap;
+  overflow: hidden;
+  text-overflow: ellipsis;
+}
+
+/* Hide sort icon until hover */
+.my-table .mantine-datatable-header-cell-sortable-icon {
+  opacity: 0;
+  transition: opacity 150ms;
+}
+.my-table th:hover .mantine-datatable-header-cell-sortable-icon {
+  opacity: 1;
+}
+
+/* Row expansion area */
+.my-table .mantine-datatable-row-expansion-cell {
+  background-color: color-mix(in srgb, var(--mantine-color-body) 40%, transparent) !important;
+}
+```
+
+Import it: `import "./styles.css";` and apply via `className="my-table"`.
+
+---
+
+## 3. Responsive Column Visibility
+
+Use a lookup table of width breakpoints instead of media queries. The widget receives `width` as a prop.
+
+```typescript
+interface SizeConfig {
+  fontSize: "xs" | "sm";
+  iconSize: number;
+  cellPadding: number;
+  showSpeedColumns: boolean;
+  showTimeColumn: boolean;
+  showStateColumn: boolean;
+}
+
+const SIZE_BREAKPOINTS: { maxWidth: number; config: SizeConfig }[] = [
+  { maxWidth: 300, config: { fontSize: "xs", iconSize: 12, cellPadding: 2, showSpeedColumns: false, showTimeColumn: false, showStateColumn: false } },
+  { maxWidth: 500, config: { fontSize: "xs", iconSize: 14, cellPadding: 4, showSpeedColumns: false, showTimeColumn: true, showStateColumn: false } },
+];
+
+const DEFAULT_SIZE_CONFIG: SizeConfig = { fontSize: "sm", iconSize: 14, cellPadding: 4, showSpeedColumns: true, showTimeColumn: true, showStateColumn: true };
+
+function getSizeConfig(width: number): SizeConfig {
+  for (const { maxWidth, config } of SIZE_BREAKPOINTS) {
+    if (width < maxWidth) return config;
+  }
+  return DEFAULT_SIZE_CONFIG;
+}
+
+// Usage: memoize it
+const size = useMemo(() => getSizeConfig(width), [width]);
+```
+
+Then use a visibility check lookup table for columns:
+
+```typescript
+const columnVisibilityChecks: Partial<Record<string, (ctx: ColumnContext) => boolean>> = {
+  upSpeed: (ctx) => ctx.hasTorrents && ctx.size.showSpeedColumns,
+  downSpeed: (ctx) => ctx.size.showSpeedColumns,
+  time: (ctx) => ctx.size.showTimeColumn,
+  state: (ctx) => ctx.size.showStateColumn,
+};
+
+function shouldIncludeColumn(accessor: string, ctx: ColumnContext): boolean {
+  if (!ctx.optionsColumnSet.has(accessor)) return false;
+  const check = columnVisibilityChecks[accessor];
+  if (check && !check(ctx)) return false;
+  return true;
+}
+```
+
+---
+
+## 4. Column Persistence (Drag/Resize → Server)
+
+`useDataTableColumns` stores column order and widths in localStorage by default. For widgets, this must persist server-side so it works across devices.
+
+### Hidden widget options
+
+In `index.ts`, add hidden text options:
+
+```typescript
+columnOrder: factory.text({ defaultValue: "" }),
+columnWidths: factory.text({ defaultValue: "" }),
+```
+
+With visibility override:
+
+```typescript
+{
+  columnOrder: { shouldHide: () => true },
+  columnWidths: { shouldHide: () => true },
+}
+```
+
+### Translation keys required
+
+Even hidden options need translation keys or the translation test fails:
+
+```json
+"widget.mywidget.option.columnOrder.label": "Column order",
+"widget.mywidget.option.columnWidths.label": "Column widths"
+```
+
+### Old-import mappings
+
+Add to `packages/old-import/src/widgets/options.ts`:
+
+```typescript
+columnOrder: () => undefined,
+columnWidths: () => undefined,
+```
+
+### Dynamic storeKey
+
+Use a key that includes `itemId` and sorted column names. This prevents cross-widget localStorage bleeding:
+
+```typescript
+const storeKey = `mytable-${itemId ?? "preview"}-${[...options.columns].toSorted().join(",")}`;
+```
+
+### Hydration from server → localStorage
+
+On mount, seed `useDataTableColumns` with server-persisted values. Use a `hydrated` ref to prevent the persist effect from immediately writing defaults back:
+
+```typescript
+const { effectiveColumns, columnsOrder, columnsWidth, setColumnsOrder, setMultipleColumnWidths } =
+  useDataTableColumns<MyRow>({ key: storeKey, columns });
+
+const lastStoreKey = useRef(storeKey);
+const hydrated = useRef(false);
+
+useEffect(() => {
+  if (lastStoreKey.current !== storeKey) {
+    lastStoreKey.current = storeKey;
+    hydrated.current = false;
+  }
+  if (hydrated.current) return;
+  if (savedOrder.length > 0) setColumnsOrder(savedOrder);
+  if (Object.keys(savedWidths).length > 0) {
+    setMultipleColumnWidths(
+      Object.entries(savedWidths).map(([accessor, w]) => ({ accessor, width: w })),
+    );
+  }
+  requestAnimationFrame(() => { hydrated.current = true; });
+}, [storeKey, savedOrder, savedWidths, setColumnsOrder, setMultipleColumnWidths]);
+```
+
+### Persist localStorage → server
+
+Watch for changes and write back:
+
+```typescript
+const prevOrder = useRef(columnsOrder);
+const prevWidths = useRef(columnsWidth);
+
+useEffect(() => {
+  if (!hydrated.current) return;
+  const orderChanged = JSON.stringify(columnsOrder) !== JSON.stringify(prevOrder.current);
+  const widthsChanged = JSON.stringify(columnsWidth) !== JSON.stringify(prevWidths.current);
+  prevOrder.current = columnsOrder;
+  prevWidths.current = columnsWidth;
+
+  if (!orderChanged && !widthsChanged) return;
+
+  if (orderChanged) persistOption({ columnOrder: JSON.stringify(columnsOrder) });
+  if (widthsChanged) {
+    const widthMap: Record<string, number> = {};
+    for (const entry of columnsWidth) {
+      const key = Object.keys(entry)[0];
+      if (!key) continue;
+      const w = entry[key as keyof typeof entry];
+      if (typeof w === "number") widthMap[key] = w;
+      else if (typeof w === "string" && w.endsWith("px")) widthMap[key] = parseInt(w, 10);
+    }
+    persistOption({ columnWidths: JSON.stringify(widthMap) });
+  }
+}, [columnsOrder, columnsWidth, persistOption]);
+```
+
+The `persistOption` helper calls both `setOptions` (local state) and `saveItemOptions` (server mutation).
+
+---
+
+## 5. Context Menu (Right-Click)
+
+Do NOT install `mantine-contextmenu`. Use Mantine's `Menu` + `Portal` directly:
+
+```typescript
+interface ContextMenuState {
+  x: number;
+  y: number;
+  item: MyRow;
+}
+
+const [contextMenu, setContextMenu] = useState<ContextMenuState | null>(null);
+
+const handleContextMenu = useCallback(
+  ({ record, event }: { record: MyRow; event: React.MouseEvent }) => {
+    event.preventDefault();
+    setContextMenu({ x: event.clientX, y: event.clientY, item: record });
+  },
+  [],
+);
+
+// On DataTable:
+<DataTable onRowContextMenu={handleContextMenu} />
+
+// Render:
+{contextMenu && <RowContextMenu state={contextMenu} onClose={closeContextMenu} />}
+```
+
+The menu component uses `Portal` for correct z-index:
+
+```tsx
+function RowContextMenu({ state, onClose }: { state: ContextMenuState; onClose: () => void }) {
+  return (
+    <Portal>
+      <Menu opened onClose={onClose} closeOnItemClick={false} position="right-start" offset={0}>
+        <Menu.Target>
+          <Box style={{ position: "fixed", left: state.x, top: state.y, width: 0, height: 0 }} />
+        </Menu.Target>
+        <Menu.Dropdown>
+          <Menu.Item onClick={() => { /* action */ onClose(); }}>Action</Menu.Item>
+        </Menu.Dropdown>
+      </Menu>
+    </Portal>
+  );
+}
+```
+
+**Key fix:** Use `closeOnItemClick={false}` if any menu item needs a two-step confirmation (like delete → confirm). Close the menu on scroll: `onScroll={() => { if (contextMenu) closeContextMenu(); }}`.
+
+---
+
+## 6. Row Expansion
+
+```typescript
+<DataTable
+  rowExpansion={{
+    trigger: "click",
+    allowMultiple: true,
+    collapseProps: {
+      transitionDuration: 200,
+      animateOpacity: true,
+      transitionTimingFunction: "ease-out",
+    },
+    content: ({ record, collapse }) => <ExpandedRow item={record} collapse={collapse} />,
+  }}
+/>
+```
+
+**Critical:** Do NOT set `onRowClick` when using `rowExpansion` with `trigger: "click"`. They conflict and the expansion won't work.
+
+---
+
+## 7. Common Pitfalls & Fixes
+
+### Status indicator dots
+
+Don't use `<Badge variant="dot" />` without children — it renders a pill with empty space. Use a plain `Box`:
+
+```tsx
+<Box
+  w={8}
+  h={8}
+  style={{
+    borderRadius: "50%",
+    backgroundColor: `var(--mantine-color-${color}-filled)`,
+    flexShrink: 0,
+  }}
+/>
+```
+
+### Tooltip overflow on long text columns
+
+When a column has `ellipsis: true`, the tooltip target element can still extend beyond the cell bounds if inner elements don't clip. Fix:
+
+```tsx
+<Tooltip position="bottom-start" ...>
+  <Group style={{ overflow: "hidden" }}>
+    ...
+  </Group>
+</Tooltip>
+```
+
+Use `position="bottom-start"` instead of `position="right"` so the tooltip never escapes the widget horizontally.
+
+### Dark mode tooltips
+
+Mantine tooltips default to the theme's tooltip color which may be white in light mode and stay white in dark mode. Always set `color="dark"` on informational tooltips inside widgets.
+
+### Division by zero
+
+Guard all ratio calculations:
+
+```typescript
+if (item.size > 0) ratio = item.sent / item.size;
+if (totalDown > 0) ratio = totalUp / totalDown;
+```
+
+### Composite idAccessor
+
+When rows can come from multiple integrations, IDs may collide. Use a composite key:
+
+```typescript
+idAccessor={(record) => `${record.integration.id}:${record.id}`}
+```
+
+### JSON option parsing
+
+Always wrap in try/catch:
+
+```typescript
+function parseJsonOption<T>(value: string | undefined, fallback: T): T {
+  if (!value) return fallback;
+  try { return JSON.parse(value) as T; }
+  catch { return fallback; }
+}
+```
+
+### Clipboard API
+
+`navigator.clipboard.writeText()` can throw in non-HTTPS contexts. Always catch:
+
+```typescript
+void navigator.clipboard.writeText(text).catch(() => {});
+```
+
+### Sync sortStatus with widget options
+
+If the widget has configurable default sort, sync it:
+
+```typescript
+useEffect(() => {
+  setSortStatus({ columnAccessor: options.defaultSort, direction: defaultSortDirection });
+}, [options.defaultSort, defaultSortDirection]);
+```
+
+---
+
+## 8. Accessibility
+
+- All `ActionIcon` components need `aria-label`
+- Filter toggles (client badges, status badges) need `aria-pressed={isActive}`
+- `textSelectionDisabled` on DataTable prevents accidental text selection during drag/resize
+
+---
+
+## 9. Error Handling
+
+- Every mutation needs an `onError` callback with `showErrorNotification`
+- The `saveItemOptions` mutation (column persistence) also needs `onError`
+- Check `isError` on the main query and show a fallback UI
+- Use a shared `mutationOptions` object to avoid repeating `onSettled`/`onError`:
+
+```typescript
+const mutationOptions = {
+  onSettled: () => void utils.myQuery.invalidate(),
+  onError: () => showErrorNotification({ title: t("errors.actionFailed"), message: t("errors.actionFailedMessage") }),
+};
+```
+
+---
+
+## 10. i18n
+
+- No hardcoded strings. Every user-visible string goes through `useScopedI18n`
+- Column titles: `t("items.{accessor}.columnTitle")`
+- Detail labels: `t("items.{accessor}.detailsTitle")`
+- States: `t("states.{state}")`
+- Actions: `t("actions.{action}")`
+- Errors: `t("errors.{errorKey}")`
+- Hidden options still need `.label` translation keys
+
+---
+
+## 11. Edit Mode
+
+Disable pointer events on the table during edit mode to prevent conflicts with the board's drag-and-drop:
+
+```typescript
+let tablePointerEvents: React.CSSProperties["pointerEvents"];
+if (isEditMode) tablePointerEvents = "none";
+
+let rowContextMenuHandler = handleContextMenu;
+if (isEditMode) rowContextMenuHandler = undefined;
+
+<DataTable style={{ pointerEvents: tablePointerEvents }} />
+```
+
+---
+
+## 12. DataTable Props Reference (Commonly Used)
+
+```typescript
+<DataTable
+  records={sortedData}
+  columns={effectiveColumns}
+  storeColumnsKey={storeKey}
+  withTableBorder={false}
+  borderRadius={0}
+  highlightOnHover
+  striped="odd"
+  stripedColor={{ dark: "dark.7", light: "gray.0" }}
+  highlightOnHoverColor={{ dark: "dark.5", light: "gray.1" }}
+  verticalAlign="center"
+  fetching={isFetching && data.length === 0}
+  loaderBackgroundBlur={2}
+  fz={size.fontSize}
+  textSelectionDisabled
+  sortStatus={sortStatus}
+  onSortStatusChange={setSortStatus}
+  noRecordsText={t("errors.noItems")}
+  idAccessor={(record) => record.uniqueKey}
+  height="100%"
+  className="my-table"
+  defaultColumnProps={{
+    noWrap: true,
+    draggable: true,
+    resizable: true,
+    cellsStyle: () => ({ padding: `${size.cellPadding}px 8px` }),
+  }}
+  scrollAreaProps={{ type: "auto", scrollbarSize: 6 }}
+  rowBackgroundColor={(record) => conditionalBgMap[record.state]}
+  onRowContextMenu={handleContextMenu}
+  rowExpansion={{ ... }}
+  onScroll={() => { if (contextMenu) closeContextMenu(); }}
+/>
+```
+
+---
+
+## 13. Layout Stability
+
+- Don't use `table-layout: fixed` — it fights mantine-datatable's resize logic
+- Give non-name columns explicit `width` values so only the name column flexes
+- Use `ellipsis: true` on the name column — it handles `text-overflow: ellipsis` internally
+- Names should truncate at the cell boundary, not a character count, so the layout is stable regardless of content length
+- `flexShrink: 0` on badges/icons prevents them from being squeezed by long names
+
+---
+
+## 14. Checklist for Each Migration
+
+1. Replace imports (`mantine-react-table` → `mantine-datatable`)
+2. Convert column definitions (`accessorKey` → `accessor`, `header` → `title`, `Cell` → `render`, etc.)
+3. Implement manual sorting with `useState` + `useMemo`
+4. Add CSS file for transparent backgrounds (if widget context)
+5. Add responsive column visibility (if widget context)
+6. Add hidden options + hydration logic (if column persistence needed)
+7. Add old-import mappings for new options
+8. Add translation keys (including hidden option labels)
+9. Add context menu if row actions exist
+10. Add row expansion if detail view exists
+11. Add error handling on all mutations
+12. Add accessibility attributes
+13. Test at multiple widget widths
+14. Update docs in `apps/docs/docs/widgets/` if applicable
+15. Run `pnpm turbo typecheck` — catches old-import mismatches
+16. Run translation spec — catches missing keys
@@ -6,11 +6,19 @@ npm-debug.log
 README.md
 .next
 .turbo
+.pnpm-store
+**/.pnpm-store
+coverage
+**/coverage
+**/.docusaurus
+**/build
 .git
+.github
 dev
 .build
 e2e
-apps/docs
+apps/docs/*
+!apps/docs/package.json
 apps/nextjs/.next
 .env
 .env.*
@@ -59,4 +59,32 @@ TURBO_TELEMETRY_DISABLED=1
 # ENABLE_KUBERNETES=true

 # Enable mock integration
-UNSAFE_ENABLE_MOCK_INTEGRATION=true
+UNSAFE_ENABLE_MOCK_INTEGRATION=true
+
+# Public URL contract. Values must be absolute HTTP(S) URLs without credentials,
+# query strings, or fragments. Trailing slashes are normalized at startup.
+HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL=https://homarr.dev
+# PocketBase API used by Homarr and by the standalone documentation site.
+# Defaults to HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL.
+# WORKSHOP_API_URL=https://homarr.dev
+# Public Workshop page opened from Homarr. Defaults to HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL/workshop.
+# WORKSHOP_WEB_URL=https://homarr.dev/workshop
+
+# Documentation and PocketBase deployment settings.
+# WORKSHOP_PUBLIC_ORIGIN=https://homarr.dev
+# PB_ALLOWED_ORIGINS=*
+
+# Local Workshop stack:
+# HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL=http://127.0.0.1:3003
+# WORKSHOP_API_URL=http://127.0.0.1:8090
+# WORKSHOP_WEB_URL=http://127.0.0.1:3003/workshop
+# WORKSHOP_PUBLIC_ORIGIN=http://127.0.0.1:3003
+# Optional: GITHUB_CLIENT_ID=
+# Optional: GITHUB_CLIENT_SECRET=
+
+# Enable demo mode (seeds a demo user "demo"/"demo", a sample board and a mock integration)
+# DEMO_MODE=true
+
+# Whether demo mode is read-only. Defaults to true (the public demo blocks all mutations).
+# Set to false for writable preview deployments so the demo user can modify the dashboard.
+# DEMO_READ_ONLY=false
@@ -33,6 +33,16 @@ body:
      options:
        # The below comment is used to insert a new version with on-release.yml
        #NEXT_VERSION#
+        - 1.74.0
+        - 1.73.0
+        - 1.72.0
+        - 1.71.0
+        - 1.70.0
+        - 1.69.2
+        - 1.69.0
+        - 1.68.0
+        - 1.67.0
+        - 1.66.1
        - 1.66.0
        - 1.65.0
        - 1.64.0
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+.secrets
+!.secrets.example
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+TURBO_API=
+TURBO_TEAM=
+TURBO_TOKEN=
+TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY=
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# Running CI locally
+
+Install [Act](https://nektosact.com/installation/index.html) and ensure Docker is running, then use:
+
+```bash
+pnpm ci:act:fast
+pnpm ci:act:docker
+pnpm ci:act:all
+pnpm ci:act:cleanup
+```
+
+`fast` runs the quality gate. `docker` and `all` run the gate followed by the single container build, E2E suite, and memory regression test. `cleanup` validates the manual cleanup path without calling GitHub. The wrapper supports regular clones and Git worktrees, including non-default Docker contexts. Linux dependencies are kept in Docker volumes instead of overwriting host `node_modules`. The first run downloads the Act runner and Playwright browser dependencies.
+
+Remote caching is optional locally. Copy `.github/act/.secrets.example` to `.github/act/.secrets`, populate it with rotated credentials, and run with:
+
+```bash
+ACT_SECRET_FILE=.github/act/.secrets pnpm ci:act:all
+```
+
+Act never publishes or deletes GHCR images. The secret file is ignored by Git.
+
+## PR preview images
+
+Successful non-draft pull requests from this repository publish an amd64 image:
+
+```bash
+docker pull ghcr.io/homarr-labs/homarr-test:pr-<number>
+```
+
+The tag is replaced when the pull request is updated and deleted when it closes. Production Homarr images remain the supported multi-architecture releases. The `homarr-test` package must be configured as public in GHCR for unauthenticated testers.
+
+## Dokploy preview cache
+
+Keep `needs-demo` as the Dokploy preview label. Under the application's **Preview Build-time Secrets**, configure `TURBO_API`, `TURBO_TEAM`, `TURBO_TOKEN`, and `TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY`. Dokploy passes these to the Dockerfile as BuildKit secrets. Do not configure the token or signature key as Docker build arguments.
+
+Rotate any credentials that have appeared in chat, logs, or committed configuration before enabling the cache.
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ outputs:
 runs:
  using: "composite"
  steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+    - uses: actions/checkout@v7
      with:
        persist-credentials: false
    - name: Set up Docker Buildx
@@ -11,3 +11,11 @@
 - [ ] Commits follow the [conventional commits guideline](https://www.conventionalcommits.org/en/v1.0.0/)
 - [ ] No shorthand variable names are used (eg. `x`, `y`, `i` or any abbrevation)
 - [ ] Documentation is up to date. Create a pull request [here](https://github.com/homarr-labs/documentation/).
+- [ ] When using AI; No temp files are checked in, the code style follows the rest of the project
+
+**When contributing a new integration or widget:**
+
+- [ ] I confirmed manually that the integration or widget is working with a real system and performed basic smoke
+      tests (e.g. what happens if it is offline)
+- [ ] Optional but recommended: I confirm that I am willing to be added to the `CODEOWNERS` of this feature and will
+      provide support and maintain the integration (e.g. in case of breaking or failure)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 {
  $schema: "https://docs.renovatebot.com/renovate-schema.json",
-  extends: ["config:recommended"],
+  extends: ["config:recommended", ":dependencyDashboardApproval"],
  packageRules: [
    {
      matchPackageNames: ["^@homarr/"],
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
  rangeStrategy: "bump",
  automerge: false,
  baseBranchPatterns: ["dev"],
-  dependencyDashboard: false,
+  dependencyDashboard: true,
  // prevent special characters in branch names (otherwise git errors occur on windows)
  branchNameStrict: true,
 }
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+name: Formatting
+
+on:
+  pull_request:
+    types: [opened, synchronize, reopened]
+    branches: ["*"]
+
+permissions:
+  contents: read
+
+concurrency:
+  group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.event.pull_request.number }}
+  cancel-in-progress: true
+
+jobs:
+  format:
+    name: Check formatting
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    timeout-minutes: 5
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
+        with:
+          fetch-depth: 0
+          persist-credentials: false
+
+      - name: Setup
+        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
+
+      - name: Check changed files
+        env:
+          BASE_REF: ${{ github.base_ref }}
+        run: |
+          git diff --name-only --diff-filter=ACMR -z "origin/${BASE_REF}...HEAD" -- \
+            '*.css' '*.js' '*.json' '*.jsonc' '*.jsx' '*.md' '*.mdx' '*.scss' '*.ts' '*.tsx' '*.yaml' '*.yml' \
+            | xargs -0 -r pnpm exec oxfmt --check --
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-name: "[Dependency Updates] Auto Approve"
-on:
-  pull_request:
-    types: [opened, synchronize]
-
-permissions: {}
-
-jobs:
-  approve-automatic-prs:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    timeout-minutes: 2
-    # 158783068: homarr-renovate[bot]
-    # 190541745: homarr-crowdin[bot]
-    # 210161987: homarr-update-contributors[bot]
-    # 175486441: homarr-releases[bot]
-    # Extracted from https://api.github.com/users/<username>
-    if: github.actor_id == 158783068 || github.actor_id == 190541745 || github.actor_id == 210161987 || github.actor_id == 175486441
-    steps:
-      - name: Checkout code
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
-      - name: Obtain token
-        id: obtainToken
-        uses: actions/create-github-app-token@v3
-        with:
-          private-key: ${{ secrets.RENOVATE_APPROVE_PRIVATE_KEY }}
-          client-id: ${{ secrets.RENOVATE_APPROVE_APP_ID }}
-          permission-pull-requests: write # required to approve pull request
-
-      - name: Install GitHub CLI
-        run: sudo apt-get install -y gh
-      - name: Approve automatic PRs
-        env:
-          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ steps.obtainToken.outputs.token }}
-        run: |
-          gh pr review ${{github.event.pull_request.number}} --approve --body "Automatically approved by GitHub Action"
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+name: "[Bots] Reconcile Auto-merge"
+
+on:
+  schedule:
+    - cron: "*/30 * * * *"
+  workflow_dispatch:
+
+permissions: {}
+
+jobs:
+  reconcile:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    timeout-minutes: 15
+    steps:
+      - name: Checkout code
+        uses: actions/checkout@v7
+
+      - name: Obtain token
+        id: obtainToken
+        uses: actions/create-github-app-token@v3
+        with:
+          private-key: ${{ secrets.RENOVATE_APPROVE_PRIVATE_KEY }}
+          client-id: ${{ secrets.RENOVATE_APPROVE_APP_ID }}
+          permission-pull-requests: write # required to enable auto-merge
+
+      - name: Install GitHub CLI
+        run: sudo apt-get install -y gh
+
+      - name: Re-enable auto-merge for prepared bot PRs
+        env:
+          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ steps.obtainToken.outputs.token }}
+        run: |
+          # 158783068: homarr-renovate[bot]
+          # 190541745: homarr-crowdin[bot]
+          # 210161987: homarr-update-contributors[bot]
+          # 175441: homarr-releases[bot]
+          gh pr list --repo "${{ github.repository }}" --base dev --state open --limit 100 \
+            --json number,author,reviewDecision,mergeStateStatus,autoMergeRequest \
+            --jq '.[] | select(.author.login as $login | ["app/homarr-renovate", "app/homarr-crowdin", "app/homarr-update-contributors", "app/homarr-releases"] | index($login)) | select(.reviewDecision == "APPROVED") | select(.mergeStateStatus == "CLEAN") | select(.autoMergeRequest == null) | .number' \
+          | while read -r pr; do
+              echo "Re-enabling auto-merge on PR #$pr"
+              gh pr merge "$pr" --auto --squash
+            done
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+name: "[Bots] Approve and Auto-merge"
+
+on:
+  pull_request:
+    types: [opened, synchronize, reopened, ready_for_review]
+
+permissions: {}
+
+jobs:
+  approve-and-automerge:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    timeout-minutes: 5
+    # 158783068: homarr-renovate[bot]
+    # 190541745: homarr-crowdin[bot]
+    # 210161987: homarr-update-contributors[bot]
+    # 175441: homarr-releases[bot]
+    # Extracted from https://api.github.com/users/<username>
+    if: |
+      (github.actor_id == 158783068 || github.actor_id == 190541745 || github.actor_id == 210161987 || github.actor_id == 175441) &&
+      github.event.pull_request.head.repo.full_name == github.repository &&
+      github.event.pull_request.base.ref == 'dev'
+    steps:
+      - name: Checkout code
+        uses: actions/checkout@v7
+
+      - name: Obtain token
+        id: obtainToken
+        uses: actions/create-github-app-token@v3
+        with:
+          private-key: ${{ secrets.RENOVATE_APPROVE_PRIVATE_KEY }}
+          client-id: ${{ secrets.RENOVATE_APPROVE_APP_ID }}
+          permission-pull-requests: write # required to approve a pull request and enable auto-merge
+
+      - name: Install GitHub CLI
+        run: sudo apt-get install -y gh
+
+      - name: Approve and enable auto-merge
+        env:
+          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ steps.obtainToken.outputs.token }}
+        run: |
+          PR_NUMBER="${{ github.event.pull_request.number }}"
+          if [ "$(gh pr view "$PR_NUMBER" --json reviewDecision --jq .reviewDecision)" != "APPROVED" ]; then
+            gh pr review "$PR_NUMBER" --approve --body "Automatically approved by Homarr bot policy"
+          fi
+          if [ "$(gh pr view "$PR_NUMBER" --json autoMergeRequest --jq '.autoMergeRequest != null')" != "true" ]; then
+            gh pr merge "$PR_NUMBER" --auto --squash
+          fi
@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
+name: CI
+
+on:
+  pull_request:
+    types: [opened, synchronize, reopened, ready_for_review]
+    branches: ["*"]
+  pull_request_target:
+    types: [closed]
+    branches: ["*"]
+  push:
+    branches: [main, dev, beta, next, v2]
+  merge_group:
+  workflow_dispatch:
+    inputs:
+      operation:
+        description: Operation to run
+        required: true
+        default: validate
+        type: choice
+        options:
+          - validate
+          - publish
+          - cleanup
+      pr_number:
+        description: PR number for publish or cleanup
+        required: false
+        type: number
+      ref:
+        description: Git ref to validate or publish
+        required: false
+        type: string
+
+permissions:
+  contents: read
+
+concurrency:
+  # Every event for a PR shares one group so a close event cancels stale image
+  # publication and a newer synchronize run cannot be overwritten by an older run.
+  group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.event.pull_request.number || inputs.pr_number || github.ref }}
+  cancel-in-progress: ${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request' || github.event_name == 'pull_request_target' || github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' || github.ref != 'refs/heads/main' }}
+
+env:
+  FORCE_COLOR: 3
+  SKIP_ENV_VALIDATION: true
+  TURBO_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1
+  REGISTRY: ghcr.io
+  PREVIEW_IMAGE: ghcr.io/homarr-labs/homarr-test
+
+jobs:
+  fast-gate:
+    name: Fast gate
+    if: github.event_name != 'pull_request_target' && (github.event_name != 'workflow_dispatch' || inputs.operation != 'cleanup')
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    timeout-minutes: 15
+    env:
+      TURBO_API: ${{ secrets.TURBO_API }}
+      TURBO_TEAM: ${{ secrets.TURBO_TEAM }}
+      TURBO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.TURBO_TOKEN }}
+      TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY: ${{ secrets.TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY }}
+      TURBO_SCM_BASE: ${{ github.event.pull_request.base.sha || github.event.merge_group.base_sha || github.event.before || 'HEAD~1' }}
+      TURBO_SCM_HEAD: ${{ github.sha }}
+      TURBO_PLATFORM: linux/amd64
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        with:
+          fetch-depth: 0
+          persist-credentials: false
+          ref: ${{ github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.ref || '' }}
+
+      - name: Validate manual inputs
+        if: github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.operation == 'publish'
+        env:
+          PR_NUMBER: ${{ inputs.pr_number }}
+          BUILD_REF: ${{ inputs.ref }}
+        run: |
+          test -n "$PR_NUMBER" || { echo "pr_number is required for publish"; exit 1; }
+          test -n "$BUILD_REF" || { echo "ref is required for publish"; exit 1; }
+
+      - name: Setup
+        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
+
+      - name: Copy environment defaults
+        run: cp .env.example .env
+
+      - name: Lint, typecheck, and build affected workspaces
+        run: pnpm turbo run lint typecheck build --affected --continue=dependencies-successful --concurrency=2
+
+      - name: Validate workspace configuration
+        run: pnpm lint:ws
+
+      - name: Validate Custom Widget architecture
+        run: pnpm check:custom-widgets
+
+      - name: Validate checked-in OpenAPI schema
+        run: pnpm check:openapi
+
+      - name: Validate Custom Widget bundle budget
+        run: |
+          pnpm --filter nextjs build
+          pnpm check:custom-widget-bundle
+
+      - name: Run unit tests
+        run: pnpm test
+
+  container:
+    name: Container and E2E
+    needs: fast-gate
+    if: |
+      github.event_name == 'merge_group' ||
+      (github.event_name == 'pull_request' && github.event.pull_request.draft == false) ||
+      (github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && (inputs.operation == 'validate' || inputs.operation == 'publish'))
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    timeout-minutes: 30
+    permissions:
+      contents: read
+      packages: write
+    outputs:
+      digest: ${{ steps.preview-build.outputs.digest }}
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        with:
+          persist-credentials: false
+          ref: ${{ github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.ref || '' }}
+
+      - name: Setup
+        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
+
+      - name: Set up Docker Buildx
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v4
+
+      - name: Build container once
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        uses: docker/build-push-action@v7
+        with:
+          context: .
+          network: host
+          platforms: linux/amd64
+          load: true
+          push: false
+          tags: |
+            homarr-ci
+            homarr-e2e
+          labels: |
+            org.opencontainers.image.source=${{ github.server_url }}/${{ github.repository }}
+            org.opencontainers.image.revision=${{ github.sha }}
+            org.opencontainers.image.ref.name=pr-${{ github.event.pull_request.number || inputs.pr_number || 'none' }}
+          cache-from: type=gha,scope=homarr-linux-amd64
+          cache-to: type=gha,scope=homarr-linux-amd64,mode=max
+          secrets: |
+            TURBO_API=${{ secrets.TURBO_API }}
+            TURBO_TEAM=${{ secrets.TURBO_TEAM }}
+            TURBO_TOKEN=${{ secrets.TURBO_TOKEN }}
+            TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY=${{ secrets.TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY }}
+
+      - name: Build container once with Act
+        if: env.ACT
+        env:
+          TURBO_API: ${{ secrets.TURBO_API }}
+          TURBO_TEAM: ${{ secrets.TURBO_TEAM }}
+          TURBO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.TURBO_TOKEN }}
+          TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY: ${{ secrets.TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY }}
+        run: |
+          secret_args=()
+          for secret in TURBO_API TURBO_TEAM TURBO_TOKEN TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY; do
+            if [ -n "${!secret:-}" ]; then
+              secret_args+=(--secret "id=${secret},env=${secret}")
+            fi
+          done
+          DOCKER_BUILDKIT=1 docker build --platform linux/amd64 \
+            --tag homarr-ci --tag homarr-e2e "${secret_args[@]}" .
+
+      - name: Cache Playwright browsers
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        id: playwright-cache
+        uses: actions/cache@v6
+        with:
+          path: ~/.cache/ms-playwright
+          key: playwright-${{ runner.os }}-${{ hashFiles('pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
+
+      - name: Install Playwright Chromium
+        if: steps.playwright-cache.outputs.cache-hit != 'true' || env.ACT
+        run: pnpm exec playwright install --with-deps chromium
+
+      - name: Install Playwright system deps
+        if: steps.playwright-cache.outputs.cache-hit == 'true'
+        run: pnpm exec playwright install-deps chromium
+
+      - name: Run E2E tests
+        run: pnpm test:e2e
+
+      - name: Upload E2E artifacts
+        if: failure() && !env.ACT
+        uses: actions/upload-artifact@v7
+        with:
+          name: playwright-report
+          path: e2e/test-results/
+          retention-days: 7
+
+      - name: Log in to GHCR for preview publication
+        if: |
+          !env.ACT &&
+          (
+            (github.event_name == 'pull_request' && github.event.pull_request.head.repo.full_name == github.repository) ||
+            (github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.operation == 'publish')
+          )
+        uses: docker/login-action@v4
+        with:
+          registry: ${{ env.REGISTRY }}
+          username: ${{ github.actor }}
+          password: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
+
+      - name: Push amd64 preview image by digest
+        id: preview-build
+        if: |
+          !env.ACT &&
+          (
+            (github.event_name == 'pull_request' && github.event.pull_request.head.repo.full_name == github.repository) ||
+            (github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.operation == 'publish')
+          )
+        uses: docker/build-push-action@v7
+        with:
+          context: .
+          network: host
+          platforms: linux/amd64
+          outputs: type=image,"name=${{ env.PREVIEW_IMAGE }}",push-by-digest=true,name-canonical=true,push=true
+          cache-from: type=gha,scope=homarr-linux-amd64
+          secrets: |
+            TURBO_API=${{ secrets.TURBO_API }}
+            TURBO_TEAM=${{ secrets.TURBO_TEAM }}
+            TURBO_TOKEN=${{ secrets.TURBO_TOKEN }}
+            TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY=${{ secrets.TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY }}
+
+      - name: Show Act publication result
+        if: env.ACT
+        run: echo "Act validated the publication path; external GHCR writes are disabled locally."
+
+  preview-arm64:
+    name: Build arm64 preview image
+    needs: fast-gate
+    if: |
+      (
+        (github.event_name == 'pull_request' && github.event.pull_request.draft == false && github.event.pull_request.head.repo.full_name == github.repository) ||
+        (github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.operation == 'publish')
+      )
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04-arm
+    timeout-minutes: 20
+    permissions:
+      contents: read
+      packages: write
+    outputs:
+      digest: ${{ steps.preview-build.outputs.digest }}
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        with:
+          persist-credentials: false
+          ref: ${{ github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.ref || '' }}
+
+      - name: Log in to GHCR
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        uses: docker/login-action@v4
+        with:
+          registry: ${{ env.REGISTRY }}
+          username: ${{ github.actor }}
+          password: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
+
+      - name: Set up Docker Buildx
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v4
+
+      - name: Build and push arm64 preview image by digest
+        id: preview-build
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        uses: docker/build-push-action@v7
+        with:
+          context: .
+          network: host
+          platforms: linux/arm64
+          outputs: type=image,"name=${{ env.PREVIEW_IMAGE }}",push-by-digest=true,name-canonical=true,push=true
+          cache-from: type=gha,scope=homarr-linux-arm64
+          cache-to: type=gha,scope=homarr-linux-arm64,mode=max
+          secrets: |
+            TURBO_API=${{ secrets.TURBO_API }}
+            TURBO_TEAM=${{ secrets.TURBO_TEAM }}
+            TURBO_TOKEN=${{ secrets.TURBO_TOKEN }}
+            TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY=${{ secrets.TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY }}
+
+  publish-preview:
+    name: Publish multi-platform preview image
+    needs: [container, preview-arm64]
+    if: |
+      (
+        (github.event_name == 'pull_request' && github.event.pull_request.head.repo.full_name == github.repository) ||
+        (github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.operation == 'publish')
+      )
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    timeout-minutes: 5
+    permissions:
+      contents: read
+      packages: write
+      pull-requests: read
+    env:
+      PREVIEW_TAG: pr-${{ github.event.pull_request.number || inputs.pr_number }}
+    steps:
+      - name: Log in to GHCR
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        uses: docker/login-action@v4
+        with:
+          registry: ${{ env.REGISTRY }}
+          username: ${{ github.actor }}
+          password: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
+
+      - name: Set up Docker Buildx
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v4
+
+      - name: Verify PR head before publication
+        if: github.event_name == 'pull_request'
+        uses: actions/github-script@v8
+        env:
+          EXPECTED_HEAD_SHA: ${{ github.event.pull_request.head.sha }}
+        with:
+          script: |
+            const { data: pull } = await github.rest.pulls.get({
+              owner: context.repo.owner,
+              repo: context.repo.repo,
+              pull_number: context.payload.pull_request.number,
+            });
+            if (pull.state !== "open") {
+              core.setFailed(`PR #${pull.number} is ${pull.state}; refusing to publish its preview.`);
+              return;
+            }
+            if (pull.head.sha !== process.env.EXPECTED_HEAD_SHA) {
+              core.setFailed(`PR #${pull.number} moved from ${process.env.EXPECTED_HEAD_SHA} to ${pull.head.sha}.`);
+            }
+
+      - name: Publish preview manifest
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        env:
+          AMD64_DIGEST: ${{ needs.container.outputs.digest }}
+          ARM64_DIGEST: ${{ needs.preview-arm64.outputs.digest }}
+        run: |
+          docker buildx imagetools create -t "${PREVIEW_IMAGE}:${PREVIEW_TAG}" \
+            "${PREVIEW_IMAGE}@${AMD64_DIGEST}" \
+            "${PREVIEW_IMAGE}@${ARM64_DIGEST}"
+
+      - name: Verify preview manifest platforms
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        run: |
+          image="${PREVIEW_IMAGE}:${PREVIEW_TAG}"
+          manifest="$(docker buildx imagetools inspect "$image" --raw)"
+          for architecture in amd64 arm64; do
+            jq --exit-status --arg architecture "$architecture" \
+              'any(.manifests[]; .platform.os == "linux" and .platform.architecture == $architecture)' \
+              <<<"$manifest" >/dev/null
+          done
+          docker buildx imagetools inspect "$image"
+
+  cleanup:
+    name: Clean up preview image
+    if: github.event_name == 'pull_request_target' || (github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && inputs.operation == 'cleanup')
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    timeout-minutes: 5
+    permissions:
+      packages: write
+    env:
+      IMAGE_TAG: pr-${{ github.event.pull_request.number || inputs.pr_number }}
+    steps:
+      - name: Validate cleanup input
+        if: github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch'
+        env:
+          PR_NUMBER: ${{ inputs.pr_number }}
+        run: test -n "$PR_NUMBER" || { echo "pr_number is required for cleanup"; exit 1; }
+
+      - name: Delete GHCR package version
+        if: "!env.ACT"
+        uses: actions/github-script@v8
+        with:
+          script: |
+            const packageName = "homarr-test";
+            const org = context.repo.owner;
+            const tag = process.env.IMAGE_TAG;
+            const versions = await github.paginate(
+              github.rest.packages.getAllPackageVersionsForPackageOwnedByOrg,
+              { package_type: "container", package_name: packageName, org, per_page: 100 },
+            );
+            const target = versions.find((version) =>
+              version.metadata?.container?.tags?.includes(tag),
+            );
+            if (!target) {
+              core.info(`No package version found with tag "${tag}"`);
+              return;
+            }
+            await github.rest.packages.deletePackageVersionForOrg({
+              package_type: "container",
+              package_name: packageName,
+              org,
+              package_version_id: target.id,
+            });
+            core.info(`Deleted package version ${target.id} (${tag})`);
+
+      - name: Show Act cleanup result
+        if: env.ACT
+        run: echo "Act validated cleanup for ${IMAGE_TAG}; external GHCR writes are disabled locally."
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-name: "[Quality] Code Analysis"
-permissions:
-  contents: read
-
-on:
-  pull_request:
-    branches: ["*"]
-  push:
-    branches: ["main"]
-  merge_group:
-
-concurrency:
-  group: "${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.ref }}"
-  cancel-in-progress: ${{ github.ref != 'refs/heads/main' }}
-
-env:
-  FORCE_COLOR: 3
-  SKIP_ENV_VALIDATION: true
-  TURBO_API: ${{ secrets.TURBO_API }}
-  TURBO_TEAM: ${{ secrets.TURBO_TEAM }}
-  TURBO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.TURBO_TOKEN }}
-  TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY: ${{ secrets.TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY }}
-  TURBO_SCM_BASE: ${{ github.event.pull_request.base.sha || github.event.before || 'HEAD~1' }}
-  TURBO_SCM_HEAD: ${{ github.sha }}
-
-jobs:
-  lint-format-autofix:
-    if: github.event_name == 'pull_request'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    timeout-minutes: 5
-    permissions:
-      contents: write
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
-        with:
-          fetch-depth: 0
-          ref: ${{ github.head_ref }}
-
-      - name: Setup
-        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
-
-      - name: Get changed files
-        id: changed
-        run: |
-          git diff --name-only --diff-filter=ACMR origin/${{ github.base_ref }}...HEAD -- '*.ts' '*.tsx' '*.js' '*.jsx' > /tmp/changed-files
-          echo "count=$(wc -l < /tmp/changed-files | tr -d '[:space:]')" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
-
-      - name: Auto-fix lint + format
-        if: steps.changed.outputs.count != '0'
-        run: |
-          xargs -r -a /tmp/changed-files pnpm exec oxlint --fix || true
-          xargs -r -a /tmp/changed-files pnpm exec oxfmt --write
-
-      - name: Commit fixes
-        uses: stefanzweifel/git-auto-commit-action@v7
-        with:
-          commit_message: "style: auto-fix lint and format"
-
-  lint:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    timeout-minutes: 10
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
-        with:
-          fetch-depth: 0
-
-      - name: Setup
-        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
-
-      - name: Copy env
-        shell: bash
-        run: cp .env.example .env
-
-      - name: Lint
-        run: pnpm turbo lint --affected && pnpm lint:ws
-
-  format:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    timeout-minutes: 10
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
-        with:
-          fetch-depth: 0
-
-      - name: Setup
-        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
-
-      - name: Format
-        run: pnpm turbo format --affected --continue
-
-  typecheck:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    timeout-minutes: 10
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
-        with:
-          fetch-depth: 0
-
-      - name: Setup
-        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
-
-      - name: Typecheck
-        run: pnpm turbo typecheck --affected
-
-  test:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    timeout-minutes: 10
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
-
-      - name: Setup
-        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
-
-      - name: Test
-        run: pnpm test
-
-      - name: "Report Coverage"
-        # Set if: always() to also generate the report if tests are failing
-        # Only works if you set `reportOnFailure: true` in your vite config as specified above
-        if: always()
-        uses: davelosert/vitest-coverage-report-action@v2
-
-  e2e:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    timeout-minutes: 15
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
-      - name: Setup
-        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
-      - name: Set up Docker Buildx
-        uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v4
-      - name: Build docker image
-        id: build-docker-image
-        uses: docker/build-push-action@v7
-        with:
-          platforms: linux/amd64
-          context: .
-          push: false
-          load: true
-          tags: homarr-e2e
-          network: host
-          cache-from: type=gha
-          cache-to: type=gha,mode=max
-        env:
-          SKIP_ENV_VALIDATION: true
-      - name: Install playwright browsers
-        run: pnpm exec playwright install chromium
-      - name: Run E2E Tests
-        shell: bash
-        run: pnpm test:e2e
-
-  build:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    timeout-minutes: 10
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
-        with:
-          fetch-depth: 0
-      - name: Setup
-        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
-      - name: Copy env
-        shell: bash
-        run: cp .env.example .env
-      - name: Build
-        run: pnpm turbo build --affected
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ jobs:

    steps:
      - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v7

      - name: Obtain token
        id: obtainToken
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ jobs:

    steps:
      - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v7

      - name: Upload Crowdin translations
        uses: crowdin/github-action@v2
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ jobs:
        with:
          args: "Beta release has been triggered: [run ${{ github.run_number }}](${{ github.server_url }}/${{ github.repository }}/actions/runs/${{ github.run_id }})"
      - name: Checkout repository
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v7
        with:
          fetch-depth: 0
      - name: Get Next Version
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ jobs:
          client-id: ${{ secrets.RENOVATE_MERGE_APP_ID }}
          permission-contents: write # required to commit package.json & changelog changes, merge them to dev / next and publish the release

-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
        if: env.SKIP_RELEASE == 'false'
        with:
          persist-credentials: false
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ jobs:
      - uses: actions/setup-node@v6
        if: env.SKIP_RELEASE == 'false'
        with:
-          node-version: 24.16.0
+          node-version: 24.18.0
          package-manager-cache: false
      - run: npm i -g pnpm
        if: env.SKIP_RELEASE == 'false'
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ jobs:
    outputs:
      digest: ${{ steps.build.outputs.digest }}
    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
        with:
          ref: ${{ needs.release.outputs.git_ref }}

@@ -148,6 +148,11 @@ jobs:
          platforms: linux/amd64
          labels: ${{ steps.meta.outputs.labels }}
          outputs: type=image,"name=${{ env.GHCR_REPO }}",push-by-digest=true,name-canonical=true,push=true
+          secrets: |
+            TURBO_API=${{ secrets.TURBO_API }}
+            TURBO_TEAM=${{ secrets.TURBO_TEAM }}
+            TURBO_TOKEN=${{ secrets.TURBO_TOKEN }}
+            TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY=${{ secrets.TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY }}
        env:
          SKIP_ENV_VALIDATION: true
  build-arm64:
@@ -158,7 +163,7 @@ jobs:
    outputs:
      digest: ${{ steps.build.outputs.digest }}
    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
        with:
          ref: ${{ needs.release.outputs.git_ref }}

@@ -187,6 +192,11 @@ jobs:
          platforms: linux/arm64
          labels: ${{ steps.meta.outputs.labels }}
          outputs: type=image,"name=${{ env.GHCR_REPO }}",push-by-digest=true,name-canonical=true,push=true
+          secrets: |
+            TURBO_API=${{ secrets.TURBO_API }}
+            TURBO_TEAM=${{ secrets.TURBO_TEAM }}
+            TURBO_TOKEN=${{ secrets.TURBO_TOKEN }}
+            TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY=${{ secrets.TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY }}
        env:
          SKIP_ENV_VALIDATION: true
  extract-asset-amd64:
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ jobs:
    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
    timeout-minutes: 10
    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
      - name: Setup
        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
      - name: Build docs
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ name: "[Deployment] Automatic Weekly Release"
 on:
  schedule:
    - cron: "0 19 * * 5" # https://crontab.guru/#0_19_*_*_5
+      timezone: Europe/Zurich
  workflow_dispatch:
    inputs:
      send-notifications:
@@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ jobs:
        with:
          args: "Automatic release has been triggered: [run ${{ github.run_number }}](${{ github.server_url }}/${{ github.repository }}/actions/runs/${{ github.run_id }})"
      - name: Checkout repository
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v7
        with:
          fetch-depth: 0
      - name: Get Next Version
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ jobs:
    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
    timeout-minutes: 10
    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7

      - name: Setup
        uses: ./tooling/github/setup
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ jobs:
    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
    timeout-minutes: 10
    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
        with:
          ref: dev

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ jobs:
    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
    timeout-minutes: 10
    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
        with:
          ref: dev

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ jobs:
    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
    timeout-minutes: 5
    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
      - name: Validate prebuilt dependencies for amd64
        id: validate-amd64
        uses: ./.github/actions/prebuilt-debian
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ jobs:
    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04-arm
    timeout-minutes: 5
    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
      - name: Validate prebuilt dependencies for arm64
        id: validate-arm64
        uses: ./.github/actions/prebuilt-debian
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ jobs:
    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
    timeout-minutes: 2
    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v6
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
      - run: |
          npx --yes --package renovate -- \
              renovate-config-validator --strict .github/renovate.json5
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ jobs:
          permission-contents: write # required to commit to branch
          permission-pull-requests: write # required to create pr & enable automerge
      - name: Checkout code
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v7
        with:
          token: ${{ steps.obtainToken.outputs.token }}
          ref: dev
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ jobs:
          permission-pull-requests: write # required to create pr & enable automerge

      - name: Checkout repository
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v7
        env:
          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ steps.obtainToken.outputs.token }}

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ jobs:
          permission-contents: write # required to commit to branch
          permission-pull-requests: write # required to create pr & enable automerge
      - name: Checkout code
-        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+        uses: actions/checkout@v7
        env:
          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ steps.obtainToken.outputs.token }}
      - name: Setup
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+name: Workshop
+
+on:
+  pull_request:
+  push:
+    branches: [dev, v2, main]
+
+permissions:
+  contents: read
+
+jobs:
+  validate:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
+    timeout-minutes: 30
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
+      - uses: actions/setup-node@v6
+        with:
+          node-version: 24.18.0
+      - uses: pnpm/action-setup@v6
+        with:
+          run_install: false
+      - run: pnpm install --frozen-lockfile
+      - run: pnpm --filter @homarr/workshop typecheck
+      - run: pnpm --filter @homarr/docs typecheck
+      - run: docker compose --env-file apps/workshop/.env.staging.example -f apps/workshop/docker-compose.staging.yml config --quiet
+      - run: pnpm test:workshop
+      - run: pnpm test:workshop-image
+
+  publish:
+    if: github.event_name == 'push' && (github.ref_name == 'v2' || github.ref_name == 'main')
+    needs: validate
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
+    timeout-minutes: 30
+    permissions:
+      contents: read
+      packages: write
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v7
+      - uses: docker/setup-qemu-action@v4
+      - uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v4
+      - uses: docker/login-action@v4
+        with:
+          registry: ghcr.io
+          username: ${{ github.actor }}
+          password: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
+      - uses: docker/metadata-action@v6
+        id: metadata
+        with:
+          images: ghcr.io/homarr-labs/workshop
+          tags: |
+            type=sha,prefix=sha-,format=long
+            type=raw,value=v2,enable=${{ github.ref_name == 'v2' }}
+            type=raw,value=latest,enable=${{ github.ref_name == 'main' }}
+      - uses: docker/build-push-action@v7
+        with:
+          context: .
+          file: apps/workshop/Dockerfile
+          target: production
+          platforms: linux/amd64,linux/arm64
+          push: true
+          tags: ${{ steps.metadata.outputs.tags }}
+          labels: ${{ steps.metadata.outputs.labels }}
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@

 # dependencies
 node_modules
+.pnpm-store/
 .pnp
 .pnp.js
 .idea/
@@ -15,6 +16,7 @@ out/
 next-env.d.ts

 # artifacts
+.ai-evaluations/
 packages/db/migrations/*/migrate.cjs

 # nitro
@@ -70,7 +72,15 @@ apps/nextjs/public/images/background.png

 # personal agent config
 .opencode
+.agents/*
+!.agents/skills/
+.agents/skills/*
+!.agents/skills/homarr-custom-widget/
+!.agents/skills/homarr-custom-widget/**
+skills-lock.json

 # docusaurus
 apps/docs/.docusaurus
 apps/docs/build
+.pnpm-store
+benchmark-results
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+---
+target: Workshop store in the docs
+total_score: 20
+p0_count: 1
+p1_count: 3
+timestamp: 2026-07-21T11-32-50Z
+slug: apps-docs-src-components-workshop
+---
+
+# Workshop Store Critique
+
+## Design Health Score
+
+| #         | Heuristic                           |     Score | Key issue                                                                                                                                                        |
+| --------- | ----------------------------------- | --------: | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| 1         | Visibility of system status         |       1/4 | Fetch failure can show beside an empty-store message, so the system communicates two incompatible states.                                                        |
+| 2         | Match between system and real world |       3/4 | Widget, CSS, voting, revisions, and comments use familiar language.                                                                                              |
+| 3         | User control and freedom            |       2/4 | Filters are reversible, but the crashed route and failed fetch state offer no useful recovery.                                                                   |
+| 4         | Consistency and standards           |       2/4 | The submission editor uses CodeMirror, while revision editing falls back to a textarea; several tiny custom controls do not follow the shared button vocabulary. |
+| 5         | Error prevention                    |       2/4 | Submission validation exists, but disabled progression does not explain what is missing and destructive actions use a brief inline confirmation.                 |
+| 6         | Recognition rather than recall      |       3/4 | Labels, type choices, and the submission stepper are understandable without documentation.                                                                       |
+| 7         | Flexibility and efficiency          |       2/4 | Search covers titles only, signed-out users can select Yours, and installation is reduced to ambiguous Copy and Download actions.                                |
+| 8         | Aesthetic and minimalist design     |       3/4 | The restrained visual system is clean, but the browse toolbar and card action rows become dense.                                                                 |
+| 9         | Help users recover from errors      |       0/4 | The production route crashes with React error 130; the fetch error has no retry action or useful context.                                                        |
+| 10        | Help and documentation              |       2/4 | The editor explains its fields, but the store does not teach the full inspect, trust, download, and install journey.                                             |
+| **Total** |                                     | **20/40** | **Needs work before release**                                                                                                                                    |
+
+## Anti-Patterns Verdict
+
+The surface does not look like obvious AI-generated decoration. Its visual restraint, familiar controls, and practical editor are credible product UI. The weakness is product behavior rather than styling: contradictory states, tiny action controls, an overloaded responsive toolbar, and a primary installation journey that is not explicit.
+
+The deterministic Impeccable scan returned zero findings for `apps/docs/src/components/workshop`. This is useful but incomplete. The detector did not catch runtime failures, semantic state conflicts, touch-target sizing, or responsive grouping. Browser evidence found a full route crash, React error 130, and an earlier state that rendered both `Something went wrong.` and `No submissions yet`.
+
+No visual overlay was injected because the available browser evaluation surface is read-only. Screenshots, DOM snapshots, console logs, and source inspection were used instead.
+
+## Overall Impression
+
+The submission modal is now one of the stronger parts of the Workshop. The store around it is not release-ready. The single biggest opportunity is to make discovery and installation a dependable, explicit path: load reliably, show one truthful state, help users evaluate a submission, and give them one obvious next action.
+
+## What Is Working
+
+1. The visual system is restrained and consistent with the Homarr documentation. Typography, color, radii, and spacing do not compete with the content.
+2. The submission flow chunks a complex task into Type, Details, and Media. The shared JSON/CSS editor, drag-and-drop import, metadata autofill, and capped media previews reduce creator effort.
+3. The detail design exposes revision, author, reports, changelog, source content, and comments. This supports inspection rather than treating community code as a blind install.
+
+## Priority Issues
+
+### P0: The Workshop route crashes in the production docs build
+
+**Why it matters:** No visual polish matters if the store becomes a Docusaurus error page. A fresh independent tab consistently reached `This page crashed` with React error 130. The console attributed the thrown error to the Kapa widget bundle.
+
+**Fix:** Isolate or disable the Kapa script on Workshop routes, prevent third-party widget failures from reaching the Docusaurus route boundary, and add a route-level Workshop boundary that preserves navigation and retry. Reproduce against the built Docker docs image, not only the development server.
+
+**Suggested command:** `$impeccable harden`
+
+### P1: Failure and empty states contradict each other
+
+**Why it matters:** Showing `Something went wrong.` followed by `No submissions yet` makes users believe the store is both broken and empty. The generic message gives no cause and no recovery.
+
+**Fix:** Make loading, failure, empty, and results mutually exclusive. The failure state should say that listings could not be loaded, preserve the current filters, and provide `Try loading again`. Do not render filters or an empty store as authoritative data after the initial request fails.
+
+**Suggested command:** `$impeccable harden`
+
+### P1: Mobile discovery controls are too dense and do not form a responsive hierarchy
+
+**Why it matters:** The toolbar's inner row contains four type choices, sorting, and outdated visibility without wrapping. Most controls are 24 to 28 pixels tall. At narrow widths this is difficult to scan, easy to clip, and below a comfortable touch target.
+
+**Fix:** Put a full-width search first on mobile, keep All, Widgets, and CSS as the primary segmented choice, move sorting and outdated visibility into a compact secondary row or popover, and hide Yours when signed out or make it a sign-in affordance. Use at least 40 to 44 pixel touch targets. Add `aria-pressed` or proper tab semantics to the type filter.
+
+**Suggested command:** `$impeccable adapt`
+
+### P1: The store does not make the install journey obvious
+
+**Why it matters:** A first-time user sees Copy and Download without knowing which is recommended, what will be copied, how to inspect safety, or where the file goes in Homarr. This weakens the store's main purpose.
+
+**Fix:** Make the detail page the decision surface. Use one primary action named for its result, such as `Download widget JSON` or `Copy CSS`, with a short `Install in Homarr` explanation linked to the correct in-app flow. Cards should prioritize title, preview, compatibility, score, and `View details`; secondary utilities should not compete with evaluation.
+
+**Suggested command:** `$impeccable clarify`
+
+### P2: Card and moderation actions are too small and too numerous
+
+**Why it matters:** Vote, copy, download, comment, delete, and report controls compete in a compact footer. Low-contrast icon buttons are hard to discover and hard to use by touch. CSS columns also create a top-to-bottom visual reading order that can differ from the expected row order.
+
+**Fix:** Use a regular responsive grid, remove hover scaling, keep one or two visible card actions, and move owner/moderation actions to a menu. Keep voting visible but increase its target size. Correct the report copy: reports and reporter identities are moderation data, not public social proof.
+
+**Suggested command:** `$impeccable distill`
+
+## Persona Red Flags
+
+### Jordan, first-time self-hoster
+
+Jordan opens Workshop to install a widget. The route can crash before any listing appears. In the partial failure state, Jordan sees both an error and an empty store. If listings load, Copy and Download do not explain the Homarr destination or recommended path. Jordan is likely to leave before installing anything.
+
+### Alex, experienced Homarr administrator
+
+Alex can understand the JSON and appreciates the source viewer, but title-only search and limited filtering make a larger catalog inefficient. Compatibility and required secret information are not prominent at browse time. Tiny moderation and owner controls slow repeated management tasks.
+
+### Morgan, mobile user
+
+Morgan encounters a toolbar with more controls than fit comfortably in one decision group, 24 to 28 pixel targets, and a signed-out Yours filter that leads to an unhelpful no-results state. Submission cards add another dense row of small actions.
+
+## Minor Observations
+
+- Future submission steps are focusable buttons even when clicking them does nothing. Disable them or render non-interactive progress markers.
+- The report textarea relies on placeholder text and needs a persistent accessible label.
+- The revision editor should reuse the same JSON/CSS CodeMirror component as creation.
+- Search should include title, description, and author at minimum.
+- The timed inline `Confirm?` deletion pattern is easy to miss and weak for keyboard and touch users.
+- The detail-page changelog uses an uppercase tracked label, which is unnecessary in this otherwise restrained interface.
+- Loading comments should use the same skeleton vocabulary as listings rather than centered status text.
+
+## Questions to Consider
+
+1. Is Workshop primarily a catalog for discovery, or a technical exchange for copying source? The primary card and detail actions should commit to one answer.
+2. Should users evaluate compatibility and required secrets before opening a listing, or only on the detail page?
+3. Does Workshop need every moderation and ownership action visible inline, or should those actions live behind a menu?
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+target: Workshop store in the docs
+total_score: 38
+p0_count: 0
+p1_count: 0
+timestamp: 2026-07-21T12-29-41Z
+slug: apps-docs-src-components-workshop
+---
+
+# Workshop Store Critique — Post-Polish
+
+## Design Health Score
+
+| #         | Heuristic                           |     Score | Evidence                                                                                                                                                         |
+| --------- | ----------------------------------- | --------: | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| 1         | Visibility of system status         |       4/4 | Loading, initial failure, stale refresh failure, empty, and results states are mutually exclusive; recovery actions are visible.                                 |
+| 2         | Match between system and real world |       4/4 | Actions describe their result: Download widget JSON, Copy CSS, View details, and Install in Homarr.                                                              |
+| 3         | User control and freedom            |       4/4 | Filters can be cleared, errors retried, dialogs cancelled, and destructive submission deletion requires explicit confirmation.                                   |
+| 4         | Consistency and standards           |       4/4 | Creation and revision editing share CodeMirror, buttons follow the shared system, and cards use a predictable responsive grid.                                   |
+| 5         | Error prevention                    |       3/4 | Validation, disabled progression, pending states, RLS, and confirmations are strong; disabled form progression could explain unmet requirements more explicitly. |
+| 6         | Recognition rather than recall      |       4/4 | Persistent labels, type descriptions, step status, source previews, and installation instructions minimize recall.                                               |
+| 7         | Flexibility and efficiency          |       4/4 | Search spans title, description, and author; signed-in filtering, sorting, responsive controls, and direct detail actions support repeat use.                    |
+| 8         | Aesthetic and minimalist design     |       3/4 | The catalog is restrained and scannable; long source documents and the complete creator form necessarily remain dense on small screens.                          |
+| 9         | Help users recover from errors      |       4/4 | Route, listing, edit, report, copy, OAuth, and detail failures remain local and provide a clear next action.                                                     |
+| 10        | Help and documentation              |       4/4 | The detail page explains the exact Homarr destination and links to updated Workshop documentation.                                                               |
+| **Total** |                                     | **38/40** | **Release-quality; minor polish remains**                                                                                                                        |
+
+## Anti-Patterns Verdict
+
+The surface is product-led rather than decorative. The redesign removes the overloaded card footer, hover scaling, tiny touch controls, public moderation details, contradictory states, and ambiguous install actions. The deterministic Impeccable detector reports zero findings.
+
+## What Improved
+
+1. The production route no longer collapses into the Docusaurus crash screen without recovery. A route-local boundary protects navigation, and the fresh-volume production path renders without console errors.
+2. Loading, failure, empty, stale-results, and populated states are truthful and mutually exclusive.
+3. Search and filters form a clear responsive hierarchy. Mobile targets are 40–44 pixels, signed-out users do not see Yours, and cards no longer overflow at 390 pixels.
+4. Cards prioritize evaluation: title, author, type, score, description, comments, and View details. Copy, download, reporting, editing, and deletion moved to the detail page.
+5. The detail page now teaches the installation journey and names its primary action precisely.
+6. Reports and reporter identities are admin-only through PocketBase rules. Public catalog UI no longer turns reports into social proof.
+7. The creator and revision dialogs share the CodeMirror editor, use bounded internal scrolling, expose pending/error states, and avoid step-selection layout shifts.
+
+## Remaining Minor Opportunities
+
+### P2: Explain disabled progression inline
+
+The Type and Details steps are understandable, but a disabled Next button could state the missing requirement for keyboard and first-time users. This is a refinement, not a blocker, because required fields and validation messages are already present.
+
+### P2: Consider a compact source summary on very small screens
+
+The read-only source viewer is intentionally complete and horizontally scrollable. A future collapse/expand summary could reduce page length for nontechnical visitors without hiding inspection entirely.
+
+## Verification Evidence
+
+- Fresh Docker Compose PocketBase volume and production docs image.
+- Populated catalog with widget, CSS, and outdated examples.
+- Desktop and 390px mobile layouts in light and dark themes.
+- Widget detail, installation instructions, CodeMirror source view, and comments.
+- Signed-in submission wizard through Type and Details, including the shared editor.
+- Zero browser console errors after the final fixes.
+- Impeccable deterministic detector: zero findings.
+
+## Compatibility Note
+
+An existing local development volume created from an earlier unreleased version of the reset migration still has a stale Workshop view. It is intentionally not migrated or deleted. A fresh volume created from the current unreleased migration is the supported validation target and works correctly.
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+---
+target: Homarr Workshop docs UI
+total_score: 27
+p0_count: 0
+p1_count: 2
+timestamp: 2026-07-22T15-58-15Z
+slug: apps-docs-src-components-workshop
+---
+
+## Design Health Score
+
+| #         | Heuristic                       |     Score | Key Issue                                                                                                                                     |
+| --------- | ------------------------------- | --------: | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| 1         | Visibility of System Status     |         3 | Strong loading, retry, stale-data, pending, and copy states; successful report/edit actions still end silently.                               |
+| 2         | Match System / Real World       |         3 | Core Workshop language is clear, but `networkScope`, query/action, and schema terminology assumes technical fluency.                          |
+| 3         | User Control and Freedom        |         3 | Back, cancel, clear filters, vote toggling, and destructive confirmations are present; destructive actions have no undo.                      |
+| 4         | Consistency and Standards       |         3 | Shared primitives are coherent, though Docusaurus chrome and the denser app-store vocabulary still feel slightly stitched together.           |
+| 5         | Error Prevention                |         2 | Validation and confirmations are good, but install safety and credential context appears after download/copy actions on small screens.        |
+| 6         | Recognition Rather Than Recall  |         3 | Author, revision, source, filters, and capabilities are visible; installation still asks users to remember a separate Homarr navigation path. |
+| 7         | Flexibility and Efficiency      |         2 | Search, filters, sort, drag-and-drop, autofill, and comment shortcuts help; the install handoff remains manual.                               |
+| 8         | Aesthetic and Minimalist Design |         2 | Hierarchy is clear, but repeated panels, badges, uppercase metadata labels, and overlapping install actions add noise.                        |
+| 9         | Error Recognition and Recovery  |         3 | Errors are plain-language and usually preserve work; the global action error can be detached from the failed control.                         |
+| 10        | Help and Documentation          |         3 | The installation guide and source explanation are useful; security terminology lacks inline definitions.                                      |
+| **Total** |                                 | **27/40** | **Acceptable, significant improvements needed**                                                                                               |
+
+## Anti-Patterns Verdict
+
+**LLM assessment:** Moderate AI-assisted feel, not outright slop. Domain-specific copy, extensive state coverage, and transparent source/capability information make the feature credible. The generic card grid, repeated rounded panels, icon tiles, uppercase tracked labels, and decorative changelog stripe still expose a component-recipe grammar. It looks competent but not fully edited into a distinctive Homarr store.
+
+**Deterministic scan:** `detect.mjs --json apps/docs/src/components/workshop` exited 0 with exact output `[]`: zero findings, zero triggered rules, and no false positives. The scan found none of Impeccable's deterministic anti-patterns.
+
+**Visual overlays:** No reliable user-visible overlay is available. The independent detector agent had no browser backend. The parent fallback opened a fresh browser tab and visually inspected the listing, but the browser API did not expose a mutable evaluation method for the required preflight, so injection and `[Human]` visibility were correctly skipped. Browser/source evidence was used instead.
+
+## Overall Impression
+
+The Workshop is already substantially better than a generic gallery: it communicates authorship, source code, API capabilities, secrets, revision history, reports, and discussion. The biggest opportunity is to turn that information into a deliberate trust sequence. Today the interface lets the user act first and understand safety later, especially on mobile.
+
+## What's Working
+
+- **State coverage is unusually strong.** Listing failures, stale data, loading skeletons, empty results, filter recovery, comment errors, pending actions, and destructive confirmations have explicit UI.
+- **Pre-install transparency is excellent.** API hosts, methods, configurable options, network scope, and credential requirements are visible instead of hidden behind a download.
+- **The new primitive layer is coherent.** Search, filters, menus, switches, dialogs, and code presentation share one restrained interaction vocabulary across light and dark themes.
+
+## Priority Issues
+
+### [P1] Safety context arrives after the install action on mobile
+
+**Why it matters:** Download and copy actions appear in the header, while source capabilities, credential requirements, and installation guidance live in an aside that drops below the long source and discussion sections under the desktop breakpoint. A first-time mobile user can commit before understanding what the widget contacts or what secrets it needs.
+
+**Fix:** Put a compact “Before you install” summary immediately below the header on small screens: API hosts, network scopes, credential count, and action/query counts. Keep the full sticky details panel on desktop.
+
+**Suggested command:** `$impeccable layout`
+
+### [P1] Primary button and own-comment contrast misses AA
+
+**Why it matters:** The requested theme's primary red with white foreground is about 3.4:1, below 4.5:1 for small text. The same pairing affects primary buttons and the author's comment bubbles.
+
+**Fix:** Darken the primary red or use a dark foreground in light mode, then verify default buttons and comment bubbles in both themes.
+
+**Suggested command:** `$impeccable colorize`
+
+### [P2] The listing's server-rendered fallback is blank
+
+**Why it matters:** Before hydration, the listing renders an empty block instead of preserving the page's hierarchy and indicating progress. This creates a visible dead zone on slower self-hosted deployments.
+
+**Fix:** Render the listing heading, toolbar silhouette, and shared skeleton cards as the `BrowserOnly` fallback, matching the detail page's loading treatment.
+
+**Suggested command:** `$impeccable harden`
+
+### [P2] Download, copy, source, and install compete for the same task
+
+**Why it matters:** “Download widget,” “Copy JSON,” a full source viewer, and a separate installation panel all appear as parallel paths. Users must infer the recommended workflow.
+
+**Fix:** Make “Download widget JSON” the single primary header action. Keep copy beside the source viewer and place the next import step directly beside or immediately after download.
+
+**Suggested command:** `$impeccable clarify`
+
+### [P2] Repeated metadata scaffolding creates visual noise
+
+**Why it matters:** Card shells, badges, icon tiles, uppercase tracked labels, and the changelog stripe make the detail page feel assembled from recipes and slow scanning.
+
+**Fix:** Flatten the widget details into a compact definition list, reserve badges for status, and remove the decorative changelog stripe.
+
+**Suggested command:** `$impeccable distill`
+
+## Persona Red Flags
+
+**Jordan, first-timer:** “Network scope,” queries, actions, options, and the manifest schema appear without inline explanation. Download versus copy has no stated recommendation. On mobile, credential and installation context arrives after source and discussion.
+
+**Sam, accessibility-dependent user:** Primary controls and author comment bubbles miss small-text contrast. Copy, optimistic votes, filter result changes, and successful report/edit completion do not expose explicit live-region behavior. Gallery controls and dots are below comfortable touch-target sizes.
+
+**Casey, distracted mobile user:** The most important safety panel falls to the bottom, while primary actions stay at the top. Long source and discussion content separate the decision from its explanation. The submit type selector remains dense at narrow widths.
+
+## Minor Observations
+
+- The internal installation guide uses an external-link icon.
+- The final publication action says “Submit” rather than “Publish submission.”
+- Dark-theme tokens are declared in two blocks, increasing drift risk.
+- Screenshot dots rely on opacity alone and lack `aria-current`.
+- Successful report and edit actions deserve a small confirmation instead of silent dismissal.
+
+## Questions to Consider
+
+- If source review is important enough to say “Review exactly what will be installed,” why can users download before seeing the capability and credential summary?
+- Is Workshop primarily a code catalog or a safety-conscious app store? The current action hierarchy tries to be both.
+- Should the successful end state be a downloaded file, or a confident handoff into Homarr with the next step already visible?
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 [tools]
-node = "24.16.0"
+node = "24.18.0"
@@ -1 +1 @@
-24.16.0
+24.18.0
@@ -3,5 +3,15 @@
  "printWidth": 120,
  "endOfLine": "lf",
  "sortPackageJson": true,
-  "ignorePatterns": ["**/*.cjs", "**/lang/**", "static-data/**", "CHANGELOG.md", "apps/docs/.docusaurus/**", "apps/docs/build/**", "apps/docs/blog/**"]
+  "ignorePatterns": [
+    "**/*.cjs",
+    "**/lang/**",
+    "static-data/**",
+    "CHANGELOG.md",
+    "apps/docs/.docusaurus/**",
+    "apps/docs/build/**",
+    "apps/docs/blog/**",
+    "packages/custom-widgets/src/core/component-catalog.generated.json",
+    "apps/docs/static/custom-widgets/component-catalog-v1.json"
+  ]
 }
@@ -30,7 +30,15 @@
  "options": {
    "reportUnusedDisableDirectives": "off"
  },
-  "ignorePatterns": ["**/*.config.js", "**/*.config.mjs", "**/*.cjs", "**/lang/*.d.json.ts", ".next/**", "apps/docs/.docusaurus/**", "apps/docs/build/**"],
+  "ignorePatterns": [
+    "**/*.config.js",
+    "**/*.config.mjs",
+    "**/*.cjs",
+    "**/lang/*.d.json.ts",
+    ".next/**",
+    "apps/docs/.docusaurus/**",
+    "apps/docs/build/**"
+  ],
  "settings": {
    "react": { "version": "19" }
  }
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 {
  "recommendations": [
    "dbaeumer.vscode-eslint",
-    "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
+    "oxc.oxc-vscode",
    "yoavbls.pretty-ts-errors",
    "million.million-lint",
    "lokalise.i18n-ally"
@@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ homarr/
 ├── tooling/
 │   ├── typescript/      # Base tsconfig
 │   └── github/          # CI setup action
+├── tools/
+│   └── homarr-dev/      # Go CLI for local and PR Docker images
 ├── development/         # Dev docker-compose (Redis, MySQL, PostgreSQL)
 ├── e2e/                 # E2E test specs
 └── Dockerfile           # Multi-stage production build
@@ -68,6 +70,9 @@ When modifying user-facing code, you MUST also update the corresponding document
 ## Monorepo Commands

 - `pnpm dev` — Next.js app only
+- `pnpm dev:cli -- dev` — run the developer CLI without installing a global binary
+- `pnpm db:seed` — seed default database data explicitly
+- `pnpm docker:dev:up` — start the Redis development service in the background
 - `pnpm dev:docs` — Docusaurus docs site only
 - `pnpm turbo build` — build all packages
 - `pnpm turbo build --filter=@homarr/docs` — build docs only
@@ -81,3 +86,7 @@ When modifying user-facing code, you MUST also update the corresponding document
 - UI: Mantine (not Tailwind) — Tailwind is only used in docs app
 - Icons: @tabler/icons-react
 - Docs app can import from `@homarr/definitions` for shared types
+- Run `pnpm dev:cli -- dev` to browse local `homarr:*` images and remote PR images.
+- Run `pnpm dev:cli -- build <name>` from a Homarr checkout to build `homarr:<name>` with rebuild provenance.
+- Run `pnpm dev:cli -- build --pr <number>` to build a PR locally from a temporary checkout.
+- Run Go checks from `tools/homarr-dev` with `go test ./...` and `go vet ./...`.
@@ -1,3 +1,104 @@
+## [1.74.0](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.73.0...v1.74.0) (2026-08-07)
+
+## [1.73.0](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.72.0...v1.73.0) (2026-07-31)
+
+## [1.72.0](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.71.0...v1.72.0) (2026-07-24)
+
+## [1.71.0](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.70.0...v1.71.0) (2026-07-17)
+
+## [1.70.0](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.69.2...v1.70.0) (2026-07-10)
+
+## [1.69.2](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.69.1...v1.69.2) (2026-07-06)
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* **layout:** raise AppShellHeader z-index above Indicator dots ([687edb9](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/687edb9226307cb83986097abb24fe7f672e1778)), closes [#6194](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6194)
+
+## [1.69.1](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.69.0...v1.69.1) (2026-07-04)
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* unblock query cache mutations in demo mode and add cache buster ([#6176](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6176)) ([a382c75](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/a382c75968e73bafff55b5890b1e95f0779b50d3))
+
+## [1.69.0](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.68.1...v1.69.0) (2026-07-03)
+
+### Features
+
+* add per-widget secret storage for release provider authentication ([77884a3](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/77884a31794e12a6f7bc59d96c8f61aa429ca68d))
+* **config:** enable pnpm global virtual store for worktree support ([#6098](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6098)) ([3864727](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/3864727502a64052c4e3838468094b30bf04a133))
+* **docker-widget:** add per-column visibility toggle ([#6093](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6093)) ([0765262](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/076526293d13379004461633d7ba4c2e83bd5ffe))
+* **docs:** addd in documentation for archiveteam warrior ([f66469d](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/f66469d79797a2da214588f4e8253b03633c59a5))
+* simplify caching — TanStack Query as single source of truth ([#6075](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6075)) ([f19033e](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/f19033e0d53d248aed678737f3d04d5d8c7815b5))
+* **widgets:** right-click context menu with auto-generated toggle actions ([#6126](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6126)) ([7e58858](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/7e58858353ae866efd657270d4bb16d2c7d3e551))
+* **widgets:** show calendar events on hover with pin on click ([#2637](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/2637)) ([#6081](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6081)) ([db3d588](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/db3d58821e4de8d46b110125d0fa36919765248f))
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* add id to repository schema and handle missing ids gracefully ([8747d5f](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/8747d5f93ee9a295aad3c7035e8c6c7080bf5ee6))
+* address PR review - atomic upsert, MCP metadata, stale tokens, save UX ([757d598](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/757d59854e5ec82d91c053b8bc3d7eaf2e70efc4))
+* address PR review findings for widget-only integration refactor ([c892731](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/c892731479b47fab6218bd1f52fa6eccbdaa371e))
+* address review - paginate GH releases, GitLab tag_name, docs, test ([e687bc8](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/e687bc8c9277797acaa164a09c74b3808a2cb346))
+* apply version filter to LinuxServer.io provider ([34d976e](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/34d976eeea09e396334ce8fce5c492c07e7dd32b))
+* catch individual repo fetch failures to prevent batch crashes ([d893515](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/d893515b932608ea08c9c6e90b83f340e40f6f8e))
+* compile versionRegex once and add fetch timeouts ([64c7512](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/64c75122833981a49e9c8bf1789d501faff6d62d))
+* **deps:** update dependency postcss to ^8.5.16 ([#6169](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6169)) ([9252fdc](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/9252fdc13971bd982224a31d7be577112f99ec45))
+* dns-hole widgets showing stale disconnected state ([#6096](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6096)) ([2443f1c](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/2443f1cd3ff6765a91783d60d42aa03d9ba63fcd))
+* gracefully degrade when widget_secret table is missing or access denied ([30107e4](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/30107e4e76a454ff7402de9a8bc2e0dd6f422aa8))
+* handle missing widgetSecrets table and add default releases repo ([af35a50](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/af35a50fa05fee2f0118e98727eb108b0200f762))
+* **immich:** v3 API compatibility — use searchAssets for album assets, drop deviceAssetId ([#5977](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/5977)) ([a5ec880](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/a5ec880eec276e0814d2ab3ed7f9bc0b804d0465))
+* quick wins — calendar, about, glances, admin UX, releases, iframe, notes ([#6116](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6116)) ([f9da71a](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/f9da71a19bdfa589aafe26b164d0e0782208ac0a))
+* restore ArchiveTeam Warrior as a proper integration ([8a5ad58](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/8a5ad5861ba4c2d0978f1fa3f6115a1c5974f8a2))
+* **timetable:** restore station search by removing disabled query guard ([d670b69](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/d670b6939672932c1a3d17ab9913901491cb46e3))
+* update CHANGES.md for ArchiveTeam Warrior restoration, remove typo translation key ([62baaf7](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/62baaf78130c4b74e899a948cee17097d8c02593))
+* verbose error messages in all release providers ([2155f13](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/2155f13f245f601b99458e227b6e058fbfa44cd9))
+* **widgets:** make downloads widget table background transparent ([#6025](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6025)) ([73bed51](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/73bed51df895250f415efd7a87e721e403b3fd99))
+
+## [1.68.1](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.68.0...v1.68.1) (2026-06-30)
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* make source maps opt-in to restore v1.67.0 memory baseline ([57ef0af](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/57ef0af4a252ea39727caeba7e13587dabc6254e)), closes [#6123](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6123)
+* revert production source maps to restore v1.67.0 memory baseline ([60a69e3](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/60a69e31efc7168b8f4309daf75954d7730d883b)), closes [#6123](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6123)
+
+## [1.68.0](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.67.0...v1.68.0) (2026-06-26)
+
+### Features
+
+* add VPN status widget ([#5812](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/5812)) ([a2bb53a](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/a2bb53a8b8fd17da3d2e23851b75d4e179f66225))
+* re-add Docker quick-access button in user menu ([#6054](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6054)) ([abd1635](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/abd16354bc9ef3dddbb497fd16b03476535046ac)), closes [#2165](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/2165)
+* ship source maps for readable production stack traces ([#6031](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6031)) ([89380f8](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/89380f81ddd132f5b1041a8f2c3b6c6b138923dd))
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* **beszel:** harden cache layer and prevent blank widgets ([#6052](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6052)) ([49c2663](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/49c266374df12fea2404710232ced42e2de11dbf)), closes [#6030](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6030)
+* **beszel:** improve stats date display, add click-to-stats modal, fix grid ordering ([#6026](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6026)) ([55fb227](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/55fb227305fe51963e486ffb25c4ce6811a2f0e4))
+* **beszel:** leverage TanStack Query for stale-while-revalidate caching ([#6055](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6055)) ([bbc4589](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/bbc4589c9e1608721fb58a6f9b03cca8d65c1c4a))
+* **beszel:** use 480m interval for 1w/30d stats views ([4383da3](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/4383da38ef634327c288626c58480cc1e5a2f805))
+* **beszel:** widget transparency, error handling, and cache invalidation ([#5993](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/5993)) ([39e4245](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/39e424563a3187dcf0dba5f654e2225be76aef51))
+* **icon-picker:** keep URL visible in edit mode, add SVG-first ordering ([#6051](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6051)) ([e01571b](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/e01571b221812cd19a6d67ebe3cf44432104ec27))
+* **integrations:** prevent certificate trust button from submitting the form ([#6020](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6020)) ([0f66bfd](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/0f66bfd6c128253ba644d80d7c908de5314cf997))
+* **manage/about:** bypass self-fetch + add manage error boundary (LLM exploration) ([#6009](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6009)) ([19f9769](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/19f9769d9e669d56d793e9f6a0d265316113d743)), closes [#6008](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6008) [#6008](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6008) [#6008](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6008)
+* **plex:** use series title for media releases instead of season label ([#6083](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6083)) ([2443b89](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/2443b89b46f88fddbf41f0382a9f3bc5469c6fa8))
+* show app first in add item modal ([#6087](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6087)) ([915c8a3](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/915c8a3501551fdccf786d0c34dc01107d873ce0))
+* **truenas:** report actual memory usage and pool free space ([#6017](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6017)) ([f69e545](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/f69e545d6429aece0e55975c3b2426f20e91e545))
+* **unraid:** report disk free space instead of total size ([#6018](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6018)) ([1fb97ee](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/1fb97ee9c6fbe656a7dd3a9d1e436125982533f4))
+* **widgets:** clean up health monitoring disk and size display ([#6019](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6019)) ([e29c79a](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/e29c79a9028d9311dcb3d8323e0950a444589c7a))
+* **widgets:** hide health monitoring default tab option for non-proxmox integrations ([#6021](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6021)) ([52df56b](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/52df56b19da8e0bcb6c2e5df47b7936ec63f3149))
+* **widgets:** hide system disk usage value when it overflows and show it in a tooltip ([#6022](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6022)) ([a19c9d8](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/a19c9d88caacc86b42854c732818f0b5e5cc8dd5))
+
+## [1.67.0](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.66.1...v1.67.0) (2026-06-19)
+
+### Features
+
+* **analytics:** migrate from Umami to PostHog server-side analytics ([#5983](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/5983)) ([d059023](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/d059023b51a323df027c1cf033454440bd0d7e57))
+* Calculate and display total CPU and memory usage ([#5911](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/5911)) ([d9cbd54](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/d9cbd5427d0e5be3e5dbecca8d6069dc8074d810))
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* **auth:** isolate session cookies from other Auth.js apps on same host ([#5996](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/5996)) ([e1a245f](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/e1a245ff2d8520d08957c4a7dbe01d039607a973))
+* **deps:** update tailwindcss monorepo to ^4.3.1 ([#5988](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/5988)) ([78b6e52](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/78b6e520ac095129398d3da8f2441df408e93e9f))
+* **downloads:** sort stalled torrents last when sorting by finish time ([#6011](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/6011)) ([c56d9d6](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/commit/c56d9d6894c717b5c70ab75d6a100d4d1071c2d3)), closes [#5416](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/5416)
+
 ## [1.65.0](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/compare/v1.64.0...v1.65.0) (2026-06-12)

 ### Features
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# Changes
+
+## Goal
+
+Remove widget-only services from Homarr's global Integration system.
+
+The affected services are release providers and Search.ch. They are only used by specific widgets, so keeping them as global integrations added unnecessary setup, UI, database rows, docs pages, and integration package code.
+
+ArchiveTeam Warrior remains a proper integration but is no longer auto-seeded on first install.
+
+## Why
+
+These services do not need shared integration state.
+
+- Release providers are selected per Releases widget repository.
+- Search.ch is only used by the Timetable widget.
+
+Moving them into widget options makes configuration simpler and removes dead-weight integration code from `packages/integrations`.
+
+## What Changed
+
+### Release Providers
+
+- Added release provider definitions in `packages/definitions/src/release-provider.ts`.
+- Removed release providers from `IntegrationKind`.
+- Moved release-fetching code out of `packages/integrations` and into `packages/request-handler/src/release-providers.ts`.
+- Updated the Releases widget to store provider configuration directly in widget options:
+  - `provider`
+  - `identifier`
+  - `versionFilter`
+  - `providerUrl`
+- Updated the Releases widget editor to use a provider select instead of an integration select.
+- Updated Docker import mapping so `ghcr.io` maps to `gitHubContainerRegistry`.
+- GitHub Container Registry now uses the public OCI registry API and accepts full image references such as `ghcr.io/homarr-labs/homarr:latest`.
+
+### Timetable / Search.ch
+
+- Removed Search.ch as an integration.
+- Added a Timetable widget `baseUrl` option, defaulting to `https://search.ch`.
+- Moved Search.ch request/parsing logic into `packages/request-handler/src/timetable.ts`.
+- Updated the Timetable API to receive `baseUrl` directly from widget options.
+
+### ArchiveTeam Warrior
+
+- Kept as a proper integration (not removed).
+- Removed `defaultUrl` from the integration definition to prevent auto-seeding on first install.
+
+### Integration Cleanup
+
+- Removed creators, exports, docs references, and implementation files for the deleted integrations.
+- Removed unused dependencies from `packages/integrations/package.json`.
+
+### Database Migration
+
+- Added `packages/db/migrations/custom/0003_remove_widget_only_integrations.ts`.
+- The migration moves old integration-linked widget config into widget options, then deletes the old widget-only integration rows.
+- Updated the earlier release widget migration to use the new `provider` field instead of `providerIntegrationId`.
+
+### Docs
+
+- Updated Releases widget docs to describe providers instead of integrations.
+- Updated Timetable docs to remove Search.ch integration setup.
+- Removed obsolete integration docs pages for the deleted integration kinds.
+- Updated docs sitemap and integration docs mappings.
+
+### Translations
+
+- Added English labels for the new widget options:
+  - `widget.timetable.option.baseUrl.label`
+  - `widget.releases.option.repositories.providerUrl.label`
+
+## How It Works Now
+
+Release provider configuration lives on each Releases widget repository entry. The request handler resolves provider metadata and fetches releases directly from the provider-specific endpoint. GHCR uses anonymous OCI registry access for public packages.
+
+Timetable passes its widget URL option directly to its API router and request handler. No global integration lookup is needed.
+
+ArchiveTeam Warrior continues to use the standard integration system, but users must manually add the integration (it is not auto-created on install).
+
+## Deliberate Non-Goals
+
+- No provider secret/token support was added.
+- No new secret storage model was introduced.
+- No compatibility layer was kept in `packages/integrations`.
+
+Widget options are client-visible, so storing provider credentials there would be wrong. If authenticated provider requests are needed later, they need a separate secret-storage design.
+
+## Verification So Far
+
+- Focused typechecks passed for affected packages.
+- Full `pnpm turbo typecheck` passed.
+- Full `pnpm lint` passed with existing warnings.
+- Focused release provider normalization tests passed.
+- Widget translation test passed.
+- Live GHCR smoke checks passed for `ghcr.io/muchobien/pocketbase:latest` and `ghcr.io/homarr-labs/homarr:latest`.
+- `pnpm test packages/integrations/test/pi-hole.spec.ts` passed earlier, but failed on rebased reruns because Pi-hole reported `domainsBeingBlocked` as `-2`/`0` instead of `> 1`.
@@ -1,7 +1,228 @@
 # ── CODEOWNERS ───────────────────────────────────────
 * @homarr-labs/maintainers

-# Exempt Renovate‑managed files (no owners)
+# Specific features / integrations
+# These owners come from the PR that introduced each integration implementation.
+# Specific rules override the global fallback because CODEOWNERS uses the last
+# matching pattern; do not include @homarr-labs/maintainers here unless they
+# should also be requested for that integration.
+
+# AdGuard Home - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/929 by @hillaliy
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/adguard-home @hillaliy
+packages/integrations/src/adguard-home @hillaliy
+
+# Anchor - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5040 by @ohmzi
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/anchor @ohmzi
+packages/integrations/src/anchor @ohmzi
+
+# ArchiveTeam Warrior - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5784 by @darbyjack
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/archive-team-warrior @darbyjack
+packages/integrations/src/archive-team-warrior @darbyjack
+
+# Bazarr - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/6156 by @Ayush7614
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/bazarr @Ayush7614
+apps/docs/docs/widgets/bazarr @Ayush7614
+packages/api/src/router/widgets/bazarr.ts @Ayush7614
+packages/integrations/src/bazarr @Ayush7614
+packages/request-handler/src/bazarr.ts @Ayush7614
+packages/widgets/src/bazarr @Ayush7614
+
+# Audiobookshelf - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5910 by @ajnart
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/audiobookshelf @ajnart
+packages/integrations/src/audiobookshelf @ajnart
+
+# Beszel - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5900 by @ajnart
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/beszel @ajnart
+packages/integrations/src/beszel @ajnart
+
+# Codeberg - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3253 by @Aandree5
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/codeberg @Aandree5
+packages/integrations/src/codeberg @Aandree5
+
+# Coolify - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/4789 by @Rhiz3K
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/coolify @Rhiz3K
+packages/integrations/src/coolify @Rhiz3K
+
+# Dash. - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/1541 by @manuel-rw
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/dash-dot @manuel-rw
+packages/integrations/src/dashdot @manuel-rw
+
+# Docker Hub - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3253 by @Aandree5
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/docker-hub @Aandree5
+packages/integrations/src/docker-hub @Aandree5
+
+# Emby - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/2466 by @Meierschlumpf
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/emby @Meierschlumpf
+packages/integrations/src/emby @Meierschlumpf
+
+# GitHub - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3253 by @Aandree5
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/github @Aandree5
+packages/integrations/src/github @Aandree5
+
+# GitHub Container Registry - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3727 by @Aandree5
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/github-containerregistry @Aandree5
+packages/integrations/src/github-container-registry @Aandree5
+
+# GitLab - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3253 by @Aandree5
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/gitlab @Aandree5
+packages/integrations/src/gitlab @Aandree5
+
+# Glances - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5102 by @manuel-rw
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/glances @manuel-rw
+packages/integrations/src/glances @manuel-rw
+
+# Gluetun - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5812 by @Lok3sh-kumar
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/gluetun @Lok3sh-kumar
+packages/integrations/src/gluetun @Lok3sh-kumar
+
+# Gotify - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5847 by @Nerdy-Technician
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/gotify @Nerdy-Technician
+packages/integrations/src/gotify @Nerdy-Technician
+
+# Home Assistant - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/578 by @manuel-rw
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/home-assistant @manuel-rw
+packages/integrations/src/homeassistant @manuel-rw
+
+# ICal - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3980 by @NicolasNewman
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/ical @NicolasNewman
+packages/integrations/src/ical @NicolasNewman
+
+# Immich - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5165 by @manuel-rw
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/immich @manuel-rw
+packages/integrations/src/immich @manuel-rw
+
+# Jellyfin - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/672 by @manuel-rw
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/jellyfin @manuel-rw
+packages/integrations/src/jellyfin @manuel-rw
+
+# Jellyseerr - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/774 by @manuel-rw
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/jellyseerr @manuel-rw
+packages/integrations/src/jellyseerr @manuel-rw
+
+# LinuxServer.io - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3607 by @Aandree5
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/linux-server-io @Aandree5
+packages/integrations/src/linuxserverio @Aandree5
+
+# Navidrome - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5910 by @ajnart
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/navidrome @ajnart
+packages/integrations/src/navidrome @ajnart
+
+# Nextcloud - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/2501 by @manuel-rw
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/nextcloud @manuel-rw
+packages/integrations/src/nextcloud @manuel-rw
+
+# npm - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3253 by @Aandree5
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/npm @Aandree5
+packages/integrations/src/npm @Aandree5
+
+# ntfy - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/2900 by @itzTheMeow
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/ntfy @ajnart @manuel-rw
+packages/integrations/src/ntfy @ajnart @manuel-rw
+
+# OpenMediaVault - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/1142 by @hillaliy
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/open-media-vault @hillaliy
+packages/integrations/src/openmediavault @hillaliy
+
+# OPNsense - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3424 by @Oupsman
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/opnsense @Oupsman
+packages/integrations/src/opnsense @Oupsman
+
+# Overseerr - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/774 by @manuel-rw
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/overseerr @manuel-rw
+packages/integrations/src/overseerr @manuel-rw
+
+# Paperless-ngx - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5910 by @ajnart
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/paperless-ngx @ajnart
+packages/integrations/src/paperless-ngx @ajnart
+
+# PatchMon - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/6119 by @mrjoshuap
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/patchmon @mrjoshuap
+packages/integrations/src/patchmon @mrjoshuap
+packages/widgets/src/patchmon @mrjoshuap
+packages/api/src/router/widgets/patchmon.ts @mrjoshuap
+packages/request-handler/src/patchmon.ts @mrjoshuap
+
+# PeaNUT - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5862 by @afonsojramos
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/peanut @afonsojramos
+packages/integrations/src/peanut @afonsojramos
+
+# Pi-hole - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/521 by @Meierschlumpf
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/pi-hole @Meierschlumpf
+packages/integrations/src/pi-hole @Meierschlumpf
+
+# Plex - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/1342 by @hillaliy
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/plex @hillaliy
+packages/integrations/src/plex @hillaliy
+
+# Prowlarr - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/965 by @hillaliy
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/prowlarr @hillaliy
+packages/integrations/src/prowlarr @hillaliy
+
+# Proxmox - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/1969 by @Meierschlumpf
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/proxmox @Meierschlumpf
+packages/integrations/src/proxmox @Meierschlumpf
+
+# Quay - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3607 by @Aandree5
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/quay @Aandree5
+packages/integrations/src/quay @Aandree5
+
+# search.ch - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5180 by @Meierschlumpf
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/search-ch @Meierschlumpf
+packages/integrations/src/search-ch @Meierschlumpf
+
+# Speedtest Tracker - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5363 by @kylegrieder
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/speedtest-tracker @kylegrieder
+packages/integrations/src/speedtest-tracker @kylegrieder
+
+# Synology - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/6121 by @mrjoshuap
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/synology @mrjoshuap
+packages/integrations/src/synology @mrjoshuap
+
+# Technitium DNS - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5832 by @lopsch
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/technitium-dns @lopsch
+packages/integrations/src/technitium @lopsch
+
+# Tracearr - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5060 by @StrandedTurtle
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/tracearr @StrandedTurtle
+packages/integrations/src/tracearr @StrandedTurtle
+
+# TrueNAS - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/3745 by @manuel-rw
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/truenas @manuel-rw @afonsojramos
+packages/integrations/src/truenas @manuel-rw @afonsojramos
+
+# Umami - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5362 by @febrile42
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/umami @febrile42
+packages/integrations/src/umami @febrile42
+
+# UniFi Controller - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/2236 by @pitschi
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/unifi-controller @pitschi
+packages/integrations/src/unifi-controller @pitschi
+
+# Unraid - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/4439 by @manuel-rw
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/unraid @manuel-rw
+packages/integrations/src/unraid @manuel-rw
+
+# Uptime Kuma - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/5910 by @ajnart
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/uptime-kuma @ajnart
+packages/integrations/src/uptime-kuma @ajnart
+
+# What's Up Docker (WUD) - introduced in https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/pull/6523 by @tiimonn
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/whats-up-docker @tiimonn
+apps/docs/docs/widgets/whats-up-docker @tiimonn
+packages/api/src/router/widgets/wud.ts @tiimonn
+packages/integrations/src/wud @tiimonn
+packages/request-handler/src/wud.ts @tiimonn
+packages/widgets/src/wud @tiimonn
+
+# Traefik - by @Nerdy-Technician
+apps/docs/docs/integrations/traefik @Nerdy-Technician
+apps/docs/docs/widgets/traefik @Nerdy-Technician
+packages/api/src/router/widgets/traefik.ts @Nerdy-Technician
+packages/integrations/src/traefik @Nerdy-Technician
+packages/request-handler/src/traefik.ts @Nerdy-Technician
+packages/widgets/src/traefik @Nerdy-Technician
+
+# Exempt Renovate-managed files (no owners)
 package.json
 **/package.json
 package-lock.json
@@ -1,24 +1,53 @@
-FROM node:24.16.0-alpine AS base
+# syntax=docker/dockerfile:1.25
+
+FROM node:24.18.0-alpine AS base

 FROM base AS builder
-RUN apk add --no-cache libc6-compat
-RUN apk update
-
-# Set working directory
+ARG TARGETPLATFORM
 WORKDIR /app
-RUN apk add --no-cache libc6-compat curl bash
-RUN apk update
+# Native dependencies normally use prebuilds, but the build must remain
+# reproducible when a prebuild download times out and compilation is required.
+RUN apk add --no-cache libc6-compat curl bash python3 make g++
+
+RUN corepack enable pnpm
+COPY .npmrc pnpm-lock.yaml pnpm-workspace.yaml package.json ./
+COPY patches ./patches
+COPY --parents ./apps/*/package.json ./packages/*/package.json ./tooling/*/package.json ./
+# @homarr/definitions generates documentation types during install.
+COPY --parents ./packages/definitions/src ./
+# Workaround for pnpm/pnpm#5268: pnpm fetch crashes when patchedDependencies
+# are configured with nodeLinker: hoisted. The applyPatchToDir function tries
+# to chdir into node_modules/<pkg> which doesn't exist during fetch (only the
+# content-addressable store is populated). By temporarily switching to the
+# isolated linker, patches apply inside the virtual store (node_modules/.pnpm/...)
+# which IS created by pnpm fetch. The original hoisted linker is restored
+# before the install step so the final node_modules layout stays flat.
+RUN --mount=type=cache,id=pnpm-store,target=/pnpm/store,sharing=locked \
+    pnpm config set store-dir /pnpm/store && \
+    sed -i 's/nodeLinker: hoisted/nodeLinker: isolated/' pnpm-workspace.yaml && \
+    pnpm fetch --ignore-scripts && \
+    sed -i 's/nodeLinker: isolated/nodeLinker: hoisted/' pnpm-workspace.yaml
+
+# Install only from the fetched, committed lockfile so local and Docker builds
+# resolve the same dependency graph. Serial lifecycle builds avoid esbuild's
+# atomic binary replacement racing across the hoisted workspace (pnpm/pnpm#8200).
+RUN --mount=type=cache,id=pnpm-store,target=/pnpm/store,sharing=locked \
+    npm_config_nodedir=/usr/local pnpm install --recursive --offline --frozen-lockfile --child-concurrency=1
+
 COPY . .

-RUN corepack enable pnpm && pnpm install --recursive --frozen-lockfile
-
-# Copy static data as it is not part of the build
-COPY static-data ./static-data
 ARG SKIP_ENV_VALIDATION='true'
 ARG CI='true'
 ARG DISABLE_REDIS_LOGS='true'
+ARG TARGETPLATFORM

-RUN corepack enable pnpm && pnpm build
+RUN --mount=type=secret,id=TURBO_API,env=TURBO_API \
+    --mount=type=secret,id=TURBO_TEAM,env=TURBO_TEAM \
+    --mount=type=secret,id=TURBO_TOKEN,env=TURBO_TOKEN \
+    --mount=type=secret,id=TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY,env=TURBO_REMOTE_CACHE_SIGNATURE_KEY \
+    --mount=type=cache,id=homarr-next-build-${TARGETPLATFORM},target=/app/apps/nextjs/.next/cache,sharing=locked \
+    TURBO_PLATFORM="${TARGETPLATFORM:-linux/amd64}" \
+    pnpm turbo build --filter=@homarr/nextjs... --filter=@homarr/cli

 FROM base AS runner
 WORKDIR /app
@@ -42,6 +71,7 @@ RUN mkdir -p /var/cache/nginx && \

 COPY --from=builder /app/apps/nextjs/next.config.ts .
 COPY --from=builder /app/apps/nextjs/package.json .
+COPY --from=builder /app/pnpm-workspace.yaml ./pnpm-workspace.yaml

 COPY --from=builder /app/node_modules/better-sqlite3/build/Release/better_sqlite3.node /app/build/better_sqlite3.node

@@ -65,5 +95,6 @@ ENV AUTH_PROVIDERS='credentials'
 ENV REDIS_IS_EXTERNAL='false'
 ENV NODE_ENV='production'

+EXPOSE 7575
 ENTRYPOINT [ "/app/entrypoint.sh" ]
 CMD ["sh", "run.sh"]
@@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
+# Mantine UI - LLM Documentation
+
+This index lists Mantine documentation pages formatted for LLMs.
+Each link points to a standalone Markdown file under the /llms path.
+
+For a single consolidated file with all content, use:
+
+- https://mantine.dev/llms-full.txt
+
+## FAQ
+
+- [Are Mantine components accessible?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-are-mantine-components-accessible.md): Learn about Mantine components accessibility features
+- [Browser zooms in when input is focused. What should I do?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-browser-zooms-on-focus.md): Use meta tag to disable browser scaling or increase input size
+- [Can I have color schemes other than light and dark?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-light-dark-is-not-enough.md): Learn about the difference between color scheme and theme
+- [Can I have different primary color for light and dark color schemes?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-primary-virtual-color.md): Learn how to use virtual color with primary color in theme object
+- [Can I remove MultiSelect placeholder when the component has selected values?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-multiselect-value-placeholder.md): Learn why MultiSelect placeholder is not removed when values are selected and how to remove it with CSS
+- [Can I use an array of strings as a list in use-form?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-list-of-strings-in-use-form.md): Learn about use-form lists limitations
+- [Can I use Mantine components as server components?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-server-components.md): Learn about use client directive and server components usage
+- [Can I use Mantine with Astro?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-can-i-use-mantine-with-astro.md): No, Astro does not support React context
+- [Can I use Mantine with Create React App (CRA)?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-can-i-use-mantine-with-cra.md): Learn how to use Mantine without postcss-preset-mantine or how to eject CRA and customize webpack.config.js and use postcss-preset-mantine
+- [Can I use Mantine with Emotion/styled-components/tailwindcss?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-third-party-styles.md): Learn about limitations of third-party styles
+- [Can I use Mantine with Vue/Svelte/Angular/etc.?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-vue-svelte-angular.md): No, Mantine is a React library and does not support other frameworks/libraries
+- [Can I use nested inline styles with Mantine components?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-nested-inline-styles.md): Nested styles are supported only in CSS files
+- [Can I use PostCSS function in inline styles?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-postcss-fns-inline.md): Learn where PostCSS functions can be used in Mantine
+- [Can I use private CSS variables to style components?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-private-css-variables.md): No, it is not safe and will not work with future versions of Mantine.
+- [Can I use SegmentedControl with empty value?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-segmented-control-no-value.md): SegmentedControl cannot be used without a value
+- [How can I add dynamic CSS styles?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-dynamic-css-styles.md): Use data attributes, CSS variables or inline styles
+- [How can I add fuzzy search to Select component?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-select-fuzzy.md): Learn how to integrate third-party fuzzy search libraries with Mantine Select component
+- [How can I add hover styles to an element?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-how-to-add-hover-styles.md): Learn how to add hover classes to an element with CSS modules, &:hover or @mixin hover
+- [How can I apply styles to all Mantine components?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-apply-styles-to-all.md): Learn how to use attribute selector to apply styles to all Mantine components
+- [How can I change body background color?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-body-background.md): Use CSS to change body background color
+- [How can I change component color prop value depending on the color scheme?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-color-scheme-color.md): Learn how to use CSS variables resolver to change color value depending on the color scheme
+- [How can I change input focus styles?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-input-focus-styles.md): Learn how to use Styles API with Mantine inputs
+- [How can I change Tabs border color?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-tabs-border-color.md): Learn how to use Styles API with Tabs component
+- [How can I contribute to the library?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-how-can-i-contribute.md): There are multiple ways to contribute even without writing code
+- [How can I disable all inputs/input groups inside a form?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-disable-all-inputs-in-form.md): Learn how to disable all inputs/input groups inside a form with the unstyled Fieldset component
+- [How can I display different elements in light and dark color schemes?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-light-dark-elements.md): Learn how to hide/show elements based on color scheme
+- [How can I focus the first input with error with use-form?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-focus-first-input-with-error.md): Learn how to handle focus with use-form hook
+- [How can I get current color scheme value in JavaScript?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-how-to-get-color-scheme-value-in-js.md): How to use useMantineColorScheme and useComputedColorScheme hooks to get current color scheme value in JavaScript
+- [How can I lint CSS files?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-how-to-setup-stylelint.md): Learn how to set up Stylelint for Mantine postcss syntax
+- [How can I load fonts in Next.js?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-next-load-fonts.md): A guide to load custom fonts in Next.js with CSS and next/font package
+- [How can I load fonts in React Router?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-react-router-load-fonts.md): A guide to load custom fonts in React Router
+- [How can I load fonts in Vite?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-vite-load-fonts.md): A guide to load custom fonts in Vite
+- [How can I lock scroll in my application?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-how-to-lock-scroll.md): Use react-remove-scroll library to lock scroll in your application
+- [How can I submit a template to Mantine documentation?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-submit-template.md): Learn how to create and submit a template to Mantine documentation
+- [How can I test Modal/Drawer/Popover components?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-portals-testing.md): Learn how to use react-testing-library to test components that use portals and transitions.
+- [How can I test Select/MultiSelect components?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-combobox-testing.md): Learn how to use react-testing-library to test Select and MultiSelect components.
+- [How can I upload files from Dropzone component?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-dropzone-upload.md): Learn how to process files dropped into Dropzone component
+- [How is that thing done on the mantine.dev website?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-how-that-thing-is-done.md): Learn how various elements are implemented on the mantine.dev website
+- [How to align input with a button in a flex container?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-align-input-button.md): Learn how to align Mantine inputs with buttons using Group component
+- [How to call a function when Modal/Drawer closes and animation completes?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-how-to-call-function-when-modal-closes.md): How to use transitionProps in Modal/Drawer components
+- [How to change background color for FiveM?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-fivem-background-color.md): Unset body background color and color-scheme styles for FiveM
+- [How to change input placeholder color?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-inputs-placeholder-color.md): Learn how to change placeholder color with Styles API
+- [How to integrate custom input with use-form hook?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-custom-input-use-form.md): Learn how to add use-form support for custom inputs
+- [How to prevent Modal from closing?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-how-to-prevent-modal-from-closing.md): Learn how to prevent Modal from closing when the user clicks outside of it or presses the Escape key
+- [How to scroll to the top of the form if the form is submitted with errors?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-scroll-to-the-top-of-the-form.md): Learn how to call a function when the form is submitted with errors
+- [How to update Mantine dependencies?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-how-to-update-dependencies.md): Learn how to update @mantine/_, @mantinex/_ and postcss-preset-mantine dependencies manually or with ncu script
+- [How to use Dropzone with @mantine/form?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-how-to-use-dropzone-with-form.md): Learn how to use Dropzone with @mantine/form to handle file selection state
+- [How to use Mantine template on GitHub?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-templates-usage.md): Learn how to create a new repository based on Mantine template
+- [I get hydration warning about data-mantine-color-scheme attribute, what does it mean?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-color-scheme-hydration-warning.md): Learn how hydration works and how to fix warnings
+- [Is there a comparison with other libraries?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-other-libs.md): Comparison with other libraries is not provided, you are trusted to make your own decision based on documentation examples
+- [Is there a floating action button component?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-floating-action-button.md): No, but you can build it with Affix and ActionIcon components
+- [Is there DataGrid component that I can use with Mantine?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-data-grid-i-need.md): A list of community packages that provide DataGrid component that can be used with Mantine.
+- [It is not possible to pinch to zoom when a Modal is opened. What should I do?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-pinch-to-zoom-modal.md): Use removeScrollProps to configure react-remove-scroll options
+- [MantineProvider was not found in component tree. What should I do?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-mantine-provider-missing.md): Learn how to resolve MantineProvider issues
+- [My buttons are transparent and the background is visible only on hover, what is wrong?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-transparent-buttons.md): You have installed a third-party library that overrides Mantine styles
+- [My Popover dropdown closes when I click on the dropdown of a nested Popover](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-nested-popover-closes.md): Popover dropdown is closed when it detects click-outside events
+- [My styles are broken with disabled JavaScript. What should I do?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-disabled-js.md): Learn how to use Mantine without JavaScript enabled
+- [My styles are overridden by Mantine components styles, what should I do?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-styles-order.md): Learn how to use CSS layers to control styles order and prevent Mantine components from overriding your styles
+- [Native browser validation does not work in some components, what should I do?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-native-required.md): Learn why native browser validation does not work in some components
+- [The use-local-storage hook returns the real value only after mounting. Is it a bug?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-local-storage-effect.md): Learn how Mantine retrieves local storage value
+- [What is the difference between searchable Select and Autocomplete?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-select-autocomplete-difference.md): Searchable Select and Autocomplete are similar components, but they serve different purposes.
+- [Where can I find the roadmap?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-roadmap.md): The roadmap is private and only available to the team.
+- [Why are my Carousel slides in vertical orientation?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-carousel-missing-styles.md): You forgot to import carousel styles
+- [Why are my notifications displayed at the wrong position?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-notifications-missing-styles.md): Because you did not import styles
+- [Why can I not use one polymorphic component in the component prop of another polymorphic component?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-polymorphic-in-polymorphic.md): Learn how polymorphic components types work
+- [Why can I not use value/label data structure with Autocomplete/TagsInput?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-autocomplete-value-label.md): Learn the difference between Autocomplete and Select components
+- [Why can VSCode not autoimport the Text component?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-why-vscode-cannot-autoimport-text.md): It is confused by the native Text constructor
+- [Why do I see color scheme flickering on page load?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-color-scheme-flickering.md): Color scheme flickering is caused by incorrect usage of ColorSchemeScript
+- [Why do my dates components look broken?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-dates-missing-styles.md): Because you did not import styles
+- [Why does FileButton not work in Menu?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-file-button-in-menu.md): Learn how to use FileButton in Menu component
+- [Why is it required to have 10 shades per color?](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-ten-shades-per-color.md): Learn how Mantine uses theme colors
+- [Why is my screen completely empty after I](https://mantine.dev/llms/q-notifications-empty-screen.md): You have used Notifications component incorrectly
+
+## Core
+
+- [Accordion](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-accordion.md): Divide content into collapsible sections
+- [ActionIcon](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-action-icon.md): Icon button
+- [Affix](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-affix.md): Renders children inside portal at fixed position
+- [Alert](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-alert.md): Attract user attention with important static message
+- [AlphaSlider](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-alpha-slider.md): Slider component for selecting alpha channel in color pickers (0 – 1)
+- [Anchor](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-anchor.md): Display link with theme styles
+- [AngleSlider](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-angle-slider.md): Pick angle value between 0 and 360
+- [AppShell](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-app-shell.md): Responsive shell for your application with header, navbar, aside and footer
+- [AspectRatio](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-aspect-ratio.md): Maintain responsive consistent width/height ratio
+- [Autocomplete](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-autocomplete.md): Autocomplete user input with any list of options
+- [Avatar](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-avatar.md): Display user profile image, initials or fallback icon
+- [BackgroundImage](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-background-image.md): Displays image as background
+- [Badge](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-badge.md): Display badge, pill or tag
+- [Blockquote](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-blockquote.md): Blockquote with optional cite
+- [Box](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-box.md): Base component for all Mantine components
+- [Breadcrumbs](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-breadcrumbs.md): Separates list of react nodes with given separator
+- [Burger](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-burger.md): Open/close navigation button
+- [Button](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-button.md): Button component to render button or link
+- [Card](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-card.md): Card with sections
+- [Cascader](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-cascader.md): Select a path from hierarchical data with cascading columns
+- [Center](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-center.md): Centers content vertically and horizontally
+- [Checkbox](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-checkbox.md): Capture boolean input from user
+- [Chip](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-chip.md): Pick one or multiple values with inline controls
+- [CloseButton](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-close-button.md): Button with close icon
+- [Code](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-code.md): Inline and block code
+- [Collapse](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-collapse.md): Animate presence with slide down/up transition
+- [ColorInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-color-input.md): Capture color from user
+- [ColorPicker](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-color-picker.md): Pick colors in hex(a), rgb(a), hsl(a) and hsv(a) formats
+- [ColorSwatch](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-color-swatch.md): Displays color
+- [Combobox](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-combobox.md): Create custom select, autocomplete or multiselect inputs
+- [ComboboxPopover](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-combobox-popover.md): Add combobox dropdown to any button element
+- [Container](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-container.md): Center content with padding and max-width
+- [CopyButton](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-copy-button.md): Copies given text to clipboard
+- [CorePackage](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-package.md)
+- [DataList](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-data-list.md): Display label-value pairs as a description list
+- [Dialog](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-dialog.md): Display a fixed overlay dialog at any side of the screen
+- [Divider](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-divider.md): Horizontal line with optional label or vertical divider
+- [Drawer](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-drawer.md): Display overlay area at any side of the screen
+- [EmptyState](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-empty-state.md): Display a placeholder for no data, empty results and first-run states
+- [Fieldset](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-fieldset.md): Group related elements in a form
+- [FileButton](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-file-button.md): Open file picker with a button click
+- [FileInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-file-input.md): Capture files from user
+- [Flex](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-flex.md): Compose elements in a flex container
+- [FloatingIndicator](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-floating-indicator.md): Display a floating indicator over a group of elements
+- [FloatingWindow](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-floating-window.md): Draggable floating area
+- [FocusTrap](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-focus-trap.md): Trap focus at child node
+- [Grid](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-grid.md): Responsive 12 columns grid system
+- [Group](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-group.md): Compose elements and components in a horizontal flex container
+- [Highlight](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-highlight.md): Highlight given part of a string with mark
+- [HoverCard](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-hover-card.md): Display popover section when target element is hovered
+- [HueSlider](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-hue-slider.md): Slider component for selecting hue channel in color pickers (0 – 360 degrees)
+- [Image](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-image.md): Image with optional fallback
+- [Indicator](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-indicator.md): Display element at the corner of another element
+- [Input](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-input.md): Base component to create custom inputs
+- [JsonInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-json-input.md): Capture json data from user
+- [Kbd](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-kbd.md): Display keyboard key
+- [List](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-list.md): Display ordered or unordered list
+- [Loader](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-loader.md): Indicate loading state
+- [LoadingOverlay](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-loading-overlay.md): An overlay with centered loader
+- [Mark](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-mark.md): Highlight part of the text
+- [Marquee](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-marquee.md): Create continuous scrolling animation for content
+- [MaskInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-mask-input.md): Input with mask pattern for formatted text entry
+- [Menu](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-menu.md): Combine a list of secondary actions into single interactive area
+- [Menubar](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-menubar.md): Desktop application style menubar with a row of menu triggers
+- [Modal](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-modal.md): An accessible overlay dialog
+- [MultiSelect](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-multi-select.md): Custom searchable multi select
+- [NativeSelect](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-native-select.md): Native select element based on Input
+- [NavLink](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-nav-link.md): Navigation link
+- [Notification](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-notification.md): Show dynamic notifications and alerts to user, part of notifications system
+- [NumberFormatter](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-number-formatter.md): Format number with thousands/decimal separators and suffix/prefix
+- [NumberInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-number-input.md): Capture number from user
+- [OverflowList](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-overflow-list.md): Hide items that do not fit in a container and display them as a single collapsed item
+- [Overlay](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-overlay.md): Overlays parent element with div element with any color and opacity
+- [Pagination](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-pagination.md): Display active page and navigate between multiple pages
+- [Paper](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-paper.md): Renders white or dark background depending on color scheme
+- [PasswordInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-password-input.md): Capture password data from user
+- [Pill](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-pill.md): Removable and non-removable tags
+- [PillsInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-pills-input.md): Base component for custom tags inputs and multi selects
+- [PinInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-pin-input.md): Capture pin code or one time password from the user
+- [Popover](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-popover.md): Display popover section relative to given target element
+- [Portal](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-portal.md): Renders component outside of parent element tree
+- [Progress](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-progress.md): Give user feedback for status of the task
+- [Radio](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-radio.md): Wrapper for input type radio
+- [RangeSlider](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-range-slider.md): RangeSlider component
+- [Rating](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-rating.md): Pick and display rating
+- [RingProgress](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-ring-progress.md): Give user feedback for status of the task with circle diagram
+- [RollingNumber](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-rolling-number.md): Animate value changes with rolling digits
+- [ScrollArea](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-scroll-area.md): Area with custom scrollbars
+- [Scroller](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-scroller.md): Horizontal scroll container with navigation controls
+- [SegmentedControl](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-segmented-control.md): A linear set of two or more segments
+- [Select](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-select.md): Custom searchable select
+- [SemiCircleProgress](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-semi-circle-progress.md): Represent progress with semi circle diagram
+- [SimpleGrid](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-simple-grid.md): Responsive grid in which each item takes equal amount of space
+- [Skeleton](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-skeleton.md): Indicate content loading state
+- [Slider](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-slider.md): Slider component
+- [Space](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-space.md): Add horizontal or vertical spacing from theme
+- [Splitter](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-splitter.md): Resizable split pane layout
+- [Spoiler](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-spoiler.md): Hide long sections of content under a spoiler
+- [Stack](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-stack.md): Compose elements and components in a vertical flex container
+- [Stepper](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-stepper.md): Display content divided into a steps sequence
+- [Switch](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-switch.md): Capture boolean input from user
+- [Table](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-table.md): Render table with theme styles
+- [TableOfContents](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-table-of-contents.md): Renders a list of headings on the page and tracks current heading visible in the viewport
+- [Tabs](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-tabs.md): Switch between different views
+- [TagsInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-tags-input.md): Capture a list of values from user with free input and suggestions
+- [Text](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-text.md): Display text
+- [Textarea](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-textarea.md): Autosize or regular textarea
+- [TextInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-text-input.md): Capture string input from user
+- [ThemeIcon](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-theme-icon.md): Render icon inside element with theme colors
+- [Timeline](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-timeline.md): Display list of events in chronological order
+- [Title](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-title.md): h1-h6 heading
+- [Tooltip](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-tooltip.md): Renders tooltip at given element on mouse over or other event
+- [Transition](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-transition.md): Animate presence of component with pre-made animations
+- [Tree](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-tree.md): Display a Tree structure
+- [TreeSelect](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-tree-select.md): Select with hierarchical tree data
+- [Typography](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-typography.md): Styles provider for html content
+- [UnstyledButton](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-unstyled-button.md): Unstyled polymorphic button
+- [VisuallyHidden](https://mantine.dev/llms/core-visually-hidden.md): Hide element visually but keep it accessible for screen readers
+
+## Hooks
+
+- [HooksPackage](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-package.md)
+- [use-element-size](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-element-size.md): Returns element width and height and observes changes with ResizeObserver
+- [useClickOutside](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-click-outside.md)
+- [useClipboard](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-clipboard.md)
+- [useCollapse](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-collapse.md)
+- [useColorScheme](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-color-scheme.md)
+- [useCounter](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-counter.md)
+- [useDebouncedCallback](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-debounced-callback.md)
+- [useDebouncedState](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-debounced-state.md)
+- [useDebouncedValue](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-debounced-value.md)
+- [useDidUpdate](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-did-update.md)
+- [useDisclosure](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-disclosure.md)
+- [useDocumentTitle](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-document-title.md)
+- [useDocumentVisibility](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-document-visibility.md)
+- [useDrag](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-drag.md)
+- [useEventListener](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-event-listener.md)
+- [useEyeDropper](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-eye-dropper.md)
+- [useFavicon](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-favicon.md)
+- [useFetch](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-fetch.md)
+- [useFileDialog](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-file-dialog.md)
+- [useFloatingWindow](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-floating-window.md)
+- [useFocusReturn](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-focus-return.md)
+- [useFocusTrap](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-focus-trap.md)
+- [useFocusWithin](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-focus-within.md)
+- [useForceUpdate](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-force-update.md)
+- [useFullscreen](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-fullscreen.md)
+- [useHash](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-hash.md)
+- [useHeadroom](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-headroom.md)
+- [useHotkeys](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-hotkeys.md)
+- [useHover](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-hover.md)
+- [useId](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-id.md)
+- [useIdle](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-idle.md)
+- [useInputState](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-input-state.md)
+- [useIntersection](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-intersection.md)
+- [useInterval](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-interval.md)
+- [useInViewport](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-in-viewport.md)
+- [useIsFirstRender](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-is-first-render.md)
+- [useIsomorphicEffect](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-isomorphic-effect.md)
+- [useListState](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-list-state.md)
+- [useLocalStorage](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-local-storage.md)
+- [useLogger](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-logger.md)
+- [useLongPress](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-long-press.md)
+- [useMap](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-map.md)
+- [useMask](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-mask.md)
+- [useMediaQuery](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-media-query.md)
+- [useMergedRef](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-merged-ref.md)
+- [useMounted](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-mounted.md)
+- [useMouse](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-mouse.md)
+- [useMove](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-move.md)
+- [useMutationObserver](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-mutation-observer.md)
+- [useNetwork](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-network.md)
+- [useOrientation](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-orientation.md)
+- [useOs](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-os.md)
+- [usePageLeave](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-page-leave.md)
+- [usePagination](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-pagination.md)
+- [usePrevious](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-previous.md)
+- [useQueue](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-queue.md)
+- [useRadialMove](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-radial-move.md)
+- [useReducedMotion](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-reduced-motion.md)
+- [useResizeObserver](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-resize-observer.md)
+- [useRovingIndex](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-roving-index.md)
+- [useScrollDirection](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-scroll-direction.md)
+- [useScroller](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-scroller.md)
+- [useScrollIntoView](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-scroll-into-view.md)
+- [useScrollSpy](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-scroll-spy.md)
+- [useSelection](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-selection.md)
+- [useSet](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-set.md)
+- [useSetState](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-set-state.md)
+- [useShallowEffect](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-shallow-effect.md)
+- [useSplitter](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-splitter.md)
+- [useStateHistory](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-state-history.md)
+- [useTextSelection](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-text-selection.md)
+- [useThrottledCallback](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-throttled-callback.md)
+- [useThrottledState](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-throttled-state.md)
+- [useThrottledValue](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-throttled-value.md)
+- [useTimeout](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-timeout.md)
+- [useToggle](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-toggle.md)
+- [useUncontrolled](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-uncontrolled.md)
+- [useValidatedState](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-validated-state.md)
+- [useViewportSize](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-viewport-size.md)
+- [useWindowEvent](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-window-event.md)
+- [useWindowScroll](https://mantine.dev/llms/hooks-use-window-scroll.md)
+
+## Form
+
+- [Form context](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-create-form-context.md): Add context support to use-form with createFormContext
+- [formActions](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-actions.md)
+- [formAllInputs](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-all-inputs.md)
+- [formErrors](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-errors.md)
+- [formGetInputProps](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-get-input-props.md)
+- [formNested](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-nested.md)
+- [FormPackage](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-package.md)
+- [formRecipes](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-recipes.md)
+- [formSchemaValidation](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-schema-validation.md)
+- [formStatus](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-status.md)
+- [formUncontrolled](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-uncontrolled.md)
+- [formValidation](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-validation.md)
+- [formValidators](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-validators.md)
+- [formValues](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-values.md)
+- [use-field](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-use-field.md): use-field hook – manage single field state
+- [use-form](https://mantine.dev/llms/form-use-form.md): Manage form state
+
+## Dates
+
+- [Calendar](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-calendar.md): Base component for custom date pickers
+- [DateInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-date-input.md): Free form date input
+- [DatePicker](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-date-picker.md): Inline date, multiple dates and dates range picker
+- [DatePickerInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-date-picker-input.md): Date, multiple dates and dates range picker input
+- [DateTimePicker](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-date-time-picker.md): Capture datetime from the user
+- [GettingStartedDates](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-getting-started.md)
+- [InlineDateTimePicker](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-inline-date-time-picker.md): Inline date and time picker with range support
+- [MiniCalendar](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-mini-calendar.md): Compact calendar to display a small number of days in a row
+- [MonthPicker](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-month-picker.md): Inline month, multiple months and months range picker
+- [MonthPickerInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-month-picker-input.md): Month, multiple months and months range picker input
+- [TimeGrid](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-time-grid.md): Captures time value from the user with a predefined set of options
+- [TimeInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-time-input.md): Capture time from the user
+- [TimePicker](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-time-picker.md): Captures time value from the user
+- [TimeValue](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-time-value.md): Display a formatted time value
+- [YearPicker](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-year-picker.md): Inline year, multiple years and years range picker
+- [YearPickerInput](https://mantine.dev/llms/dates-year-picker-input.md): Inline year, multiple years and years range picker
+
+## Charts
+
+- [AreaChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-area-chart.md): Area chart component with stacked, percent and split variants
+- [BarChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-bar-chart.md): Bar chart component with stacked and percent variants
+- [BarsList](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-bars-list.md): Display a list of bars with names and values
+- [BubbleChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-bubble-chart.md): Bubble chart component
+- [BulletChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-bullet-chart.md): Compact KPI chart with value, target, and qualitative ranges
+- [CompositeChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-composite-chart.md): Composed chart with support for Area, Bar and Line charts
+- [DonutChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-donut-chart.md): Donut chart component
+- [FunnelChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-funnel-chart.md): Funnel chart component
+- [GettingStartedCharts](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-getting-started.md)
+- [Heatmap](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-heatmap.md): Heatmap chart component
+- [LineChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-line-chart.md): Line chart component
+- [PieChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-pie-chart.md): Pie chart component
+- [RadarChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-radar-chart.md): Radar chart component
+- [RadialBarChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-radial-bar-chart.md): Radial bar chart component
+- [SankeyChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-sankey-chart.md): Sankey diagram component
+- [ScatterChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-scatter-chart.md): Scatter chart component
+- [Sparkline](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-sparkline.md): Simplified area chart to show trends
+- [SunburstChart](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-sunburst-chart.md): Sunburst chart component for hierarchical data
+- [Treemap](https://mantine.dev/llms/charts-treemap.md): Treemap chart component
+
+## Schedule
+
+- [AgendaView](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-agenda-view.md): Vertical list view of events grouped by date
+- [DayView](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-day-view.md): Standalone schedule day view component
+- [GettingStartedSchedule](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-getting-started.md)
+- [MobileMonthView](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-mobile-month-view.md): Mobile-optimized schedule month view component
+- [MonthView](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-month-view.md): Standalone schedule month view component
+- [RecurringEventsSchedule](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-recurring-events.md)
+- [ResourcesDayView](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-resources-day-view.md): Day view with resource columns for scheduling across resources
+- [ResourcesMonthView](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-resources-month-view.md): Month view with resource lanes for scheduling across resources
+- [ResourcesSchedule](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-resources-schedule.md): Schedule wrapper component that combines resource day, week and month views
+- [ResourcesWeekView](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-resources-week-view.md): Week view with resource rows for scheduling across resources
+- [Schedule](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-schedule.md): Schedule component with day, week, month and year views
+- [ScheduleEventsData](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-events-data.md)
+- [WeekView](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-week-view.md): Standalone schedule week view component
+- [YearView](https://mantine.dev/llms/schedule-year-view.md): Standalone schedule year view component
+
+## Guides
+
+- [ControlledVsUncontrolled](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-controlled-vs-uncontrolled.md)
+- [CustomComponents](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-custom-components.md)
+- [EightToNine](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-8x-to-9x.md)
+- [FunctionsReference](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-functions-reference.md)
+- [Gatsby](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-gatsby.md)
+- [Icons](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-icons.md)
+- [JavaScript](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-javascript.md)
+- [Jest](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-jest.md)
+- [LLMDocumentation](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-llms.md)
+- [NextJs](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-next.md)
+- [Polymorphic](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-polymorphic.md)
+- [ReactRouter](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-react-router.md)
+- [Redwood](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-redwood.md)
+- [SevenToEight](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-7x-to-8x.md)
+- [SixToSeven](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-6x-to-7x.md)
+- [Storybook](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-storybook.md)
+- [Tiptap3Migration](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-tiptap-3-migration.md)
+- [TypeScript](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-typescript.md)
+- [Vite](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-vite.md)
+- [Vitest](https://mantine.dev/llms/guides-vitest.md)
+
+## Theming
+
+- [Colors](https://mantine.dev/llms/theming-colors.md)
+- [ColorSchemes](https://mantine.dev/llms/theming-color-schemes.md)
+- [DefaultProps](https://mantine.dev/llms/theming-default-props.md)
+- [MantineProvider](https://mantine.dev/llms/theming-mantine-provider.md)
+- [ThemeObject](https://mantine.dev/llms/theming-theme-object.md)
+- [Typography](https://mantine.dev/llms/theming-typography.md): Styles provider for html content
+
+## Styles
+
+- [ColorFunctions](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-color-functions.md)
+- [CSSFilesList](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-css-files-list.md)
+- [CSSModules](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-css-modules.md)
+- [CssVariables](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-css-variables.md)
+- [CSSVariablesList](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-css-variables-list.md)
+- [DataAttributes](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-data-attributes.md)
+- [Emotion](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-emotion.md)
+- [GlobalStyles](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-global-styles.md)
+- [MantineStyles](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-mantine-styles.md)
+- [PostCSSPreset](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-postcss-preset.md)
+- [Rem](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-rem.md)
+- [ResponsiveStyles](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-responsive.md)
+- [Rtl](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-rtl.md)
+- [StyleProp](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-style.md)
+- [StyleProps](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-style-props.md)
+- [StylesApi](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-styles-api.md)
+- [StylesOverview](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-styles-overview.md)
+- [StylesPerformance](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-styles-performance.md)
+- [UnstyledComponents](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-unstyled.md)
+- [UsageWithSass](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-sass.md)
+- [VanillaExtract](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-vanilla-extract.md)
+- [VariantsAndSizes](https://mantine.dev/llms/styles-variants-sizes.md)
+
+## X
+
+- [Carousel](https://mantine.dev/llms/x-carousel.md): Embla based carousel component
+- [CodeHighlight](https://mantine.dev/llms/x-code-highlight.md): Highlight code with shiki or highlight.js
+- [Dropzone](https://mantine.dev/llms/x-dropzone.md): Capture files from user with drag and drop
+- [ExtensionsPackage](https://mantine.dev/llms/x-extensions.md)
+- [Modals manager](https://mantine.dev/llms/x-modals.md): Centralized modals manager with option to handle state of multi-step modals
+- [NavigationProgress](https://mantine.dev/llms/x-nprogress.md): Navigation progress bar
+- [Notifications system](https://mantine.dev/llms/x-notifications.md): Mantine notifications system
+- [Rich text editor](https://mantine.dev/llms/x-tiptap.md): Tiptap based rich text editor
+- [Spotlight](https://mantine.dev/llms/x-spotlight.md): Command center for your application
+
+## Other
+
+- [About](https://mantine.dev/llms/about.md)
+- [AllReleases](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-all-releases.md)
+- [BrowserSupport](https://mantine.dev/llms/browser-support.md)
+- [Changelog700](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-0-0.md)
+- [Changelog710](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-1-0.md)
+- [Changelog7100](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-10-0.md)
+- [Changelog7110](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-11-0.md)
+- [Changelog7120](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-12-0.md)
+- [Changelog7130](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-13-0.md)
+- [Changelog7140](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-14-0.md)
+- [Changelog7150](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-15-0.md)
+- [Changelog7160](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-16-0.md)
+- [Changelog7170](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-17-0.md)
+- [Changelog720](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-2-0.md)
+- [Changelog730](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-3-0.md)
+- [Changelog740](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-4-0.md)
+- [Changelog750](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-5-0.md)
+- [Changelog760](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-6-0.md)
+- [Changelog770](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-7-0.md)
+- [Changelog780](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-8-0.md)
+- [Changelog790](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-7-9-0.md)
+- [Changelog800](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-8-0-0.md)
+- [Changelog810](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-8-1-0.md)
+- [Changelog820](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-8-2-0.md)
+- [Changelog830](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-8-3-0.md)
+- [Changelog900](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-9-0-0.md)
+- [Changelog910](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-9-1-0.md)
+- [Changelog920](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-9-2-0.md)
+- [Changelog930](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-9-3-0.md)
+- [Changelog940](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-9-4-0.md)
+- [Changelog950](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-9-5-0.md)
+- [Contribute](https://mantine.dev/llms/contribute.md)
+- [GettingStarted](https://mantine.dev/llms/getting-started.md)
+- [NotFound](https://mantine.dev/llms/404.md)
+- [OxcConfig](https://mantine.dev/llms/oxc-config-mantine.md)
+- [PreviousChangelogs](https://mantine.dev/llms/changelog-previous-versions.md)
+- [Support](https://mantine.dev/llms/support.md)
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# Product
+
+## Register
+
+product
+
+## Users
+
+Homarr is for self-hosters and administrators who assemble dashboards for services across home labs and private infrastructure. They need dense, reliable controls and status at a glance, while retaining enough guidance to configure advanced features without hiding how they work.
+
+## Product Purpose
+
+Homarr provides one place to organize, observe, and operate self-hosted services. Success means users can build useful dashboards quickly, understand their state, recover from configuration errors, act on services, and reshape their workspace without repeatedly leaving the board. Boards must load immediately, stay visually stable, and keep widgets legible across screen sizes.
+
+## Brand Personality
+
+Direct, capable, precise, and approachable. Homarr should feel calm under load, be truthful about system state, and reward users who refine details.
+
+## Anti-references
+
+- Decorative dashboards, oversized metric cards, and motion without state meaning.
+- Wizard flows that fight ordinary scrolling or rigid layouts that force one workflow.
+- Hidden configuration magic and implementation complexity exposed before it is needed.
+- Clever custom controls where familiar platform or Mantine interactions already work.
+
+## Design Principles
+
+1. Keep configuration, consequences, and system state visible.
+2. Make simple tasks short without limiting advanced workflows.
+3. Preserve expert depth while prioritizing urgent information at small sizes.
+4. Reveal dense workspaces progressively through a consistent advanced focus mode.
+5. Isolate failures and show loading, stale, partial, empty, and failed states truthfully.
+6. Use the existing Mantine design language consistently across management and board surfaces.
+7. Keep spatial actions direct: moving, resizing, nesting, and using fixed rails happen on the canvas with immediate feedback.
+8. Preserve predictable widget composition with fixed logical tile sizes and horizontal scrolling before controls become inaccessible.
+
+## Accessibility & Inclusion
+
+Target WCAG 2.2 AA. Every pointer interaction needs a keyboard and coarse-pointer path. Support screen readers, visible and restored focus, sufficient contrast, reduced motion, non-color status cues, responsive layouts, actionable error messages, and keyboard equivalents for drag and resize operations.
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+# PR #6502 widget-modernization ultra-review
+
+## Executive result
+
+**Merge recommendation: changes required.** No P0 was found, but the current branch still has five P1 issues: a pre-existing Custom API authorization/redirect weakness exposed by this subsystem review, an inaccessible manual advanced-focus interaction, a likely fixed-position/transform geometry defect, systemic false empty states for failed queries, and unvalidated integration-provided navigation URLs. Eight P2 issues cover raw error disclosure, unsafe runtime-ref interfaces, localization, responsive/theming drift, test coverage, and inaccurate PR copy.
+
+Audit health (Impeccable rubric): accessibility 1/4, performance 2/4, responsive design 2/4, theming 2/4, anti-patterns 3/4; **10/20 (Acceptable, significant work required)**. The UI does not look generically AI-generated; its problem is inconsistent technical behavior beneath an otherwise coherent Mantine vocabulary.
+
+## Reviewed revision and environment
+
+| Item                         | Value                                                                                          |
+| ---------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| PR                           | #6502, `feat: modernize dashboard widgets`                                                     |
+| Reviewed head                | `96e92485a5fd45f3648cfac0453e614779c414ba`                                                     |
+| Base branch / fetched base   | `dev` / `d58a47b776a55d04dee2220f59d072b9af8bbed3`                                             |
+| Merge base                   | `d58a47b776a55d04dee2220f59d072b9af8bbed3`                                                     |
+| Diff                         | 359 files, +15,721/-4,478                                                                      |
+| PR state                     | open, non-draft, `BLOCKED`; no approval decision                                               |
+| Hosted checks at audit start | Fast gate, Container and E2E, CodeQL, JS/TS analysis, Actions analysis, title, auto-fix: green |
+| Inline threads               | 34 total, 7 unresolved; only 2 remain substantively valid                                      |
+| Mantine                      | repository lock: `@mantine/core`, hooks, charts and dates 9.4.1                                |
+| Local tools                  | Node 24.16.0 and pnpm 9.5.0; repository requires Node >=24.18.0 and pnpm >=11.15.1             |
+
+The former red baseline `7b7045202d289b7d83946befcee5d2845ea4a706` had a green Fast gate and a failed Container/E2E run (`30748255760`, job `91498308523`). The latest head has a green Container/E2E job (`30756067198`, job `91519039504`). This proves the current suite passed once; it does not satisfy the requested three-run flake characterization.
+
+## PR-description traceability
+
+| Claim                                                     | Result               | Evidence / correction                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| --------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| “all 54 widget renderers with compact and advanced modes” | **Inaccurate**       | 54 `WidgetKind` values exist. `displayMode="advanced"` reaches 53; `app` is deliberately excluded in `item-content.tsx:51` and documented as compact-only. Change copy to “53 widget renderers; app tiles remain compact,” or implement app advanced mode. |
+| advanced focus: hover, keyboard, touch, geometry          | **Partial**          | Entry paths, Escape ownership, reduced motion, close focus, touch button and zero-dimension guards exist. WID-002/003 remain.                                                                                                                              |
+| richer widget context actions                             | **Partial**          | `Menu.ContextMenu` is a good Mantine choice and query scope is item-aware. Dispatch still crosses `any`; Custom API action authorization is not represented.                                                                                               |
+| standardized query identity/cache/status                  | **Partial**          | Query keys, matchers, runtime capture, recovery and tests exist. Thirty-nine of 53 renderer query calls do not read errors; runtime ref registration is render-time mutable state.                                                                         |
+| safe polling                                              | **Mostly confirmed** | defaults are limited to `widget` namespace; Custom API resume immediately refetches; per-widget intervals exist. State/ref typing still needs redesign.                                                                                                    |
+| partial-failure rendering                                 | **Partial**          | settlement helper and several routers are strong; many renderer-level total failures still appear empty/disconnected.                                                                                                                                      |
+| bounded integration responses                             | **Mostly confirmed** | common bounded reader, Custom API 2 MiB, timetable 512 KiB, Traefik bounds and Beszel queue bounds exist. Custom action execution remains outside the hardened fetch path.                                                                                 |
+| timetable hardening                                       | **Confirmed**        | board/item permission checks, saved-value comparison, public-address resolution, private ranges, per-request DNS re-resolution, pinned dispatcher, redirect rejection, timeouts, response bounds and schemas are present.                                  |
+| precise placement                                         | **Mostly confirmed** | mouse, touch tolerance, keyboard, occupied-cell validation, dynamic bounds, nearest fit and immediate persistence exist. Failure/race/live responsive coverage remains insufficient.                                                                       |
+| widget catalog documentation                              | **Partial**          | all kinds have pages and shared interactions; wording overclaims focus behavior and validation counts are stale.                                                                                                                                           |
+| validation: 40 files/162 tests, 6/6 E2E                   | **Stale**            | current diff contains 57 changed unit-spec files (including three E2E specs); repository has 42 widget spec files and six E2E specs. Update from the exact final run.                                                                                      |
+| independent reviews “pass”                                | **Not supported**    | unresolved valid findings, current P1s, and unavailable live QA contradict an unqualified pass.                                                                                                                                                            |
+
+## Mantine suitability ledger
+
+Legend: **U** already used appropriately; **C** consolidation/replacement candidate; **R** relevant but current implementation can stay; **N** not relevant to widget runtime; **D** dependency/version addition. Exact 9.4.1 package archives were inspected in `/tmp`; live docs/Context7 include 9.5.0.
+
+### Core catalog
+
+- **U:** ActionIcon, Alert, Anchor, Avatar, Badge, Box, Button, Card, Center, Code, Divider, Flex, Grid, Group, Image, Loader, Menu (`Menu.ContextMenu`), Overlay, Paper, Popover, Portal, Progress, RingProgress, ScrollArea, SimpleGrid, Skeleton, Stack, Table, Tabs, Text, ThemeIcon, Title, Tooltip, UnstyledButton.
+- **C:** Accordion (dense integration sections), DataList (semantic label/value stats), EmptyState (replace bespoke empty state), FocusTrap and Modal compound API (WID-002), LoadingOverlay (background refetch without deleting content), NumberFormatter, OverflowList/Scroller (responsive action and chip rows), Table.ScrollContainer, Timeline (activity/feed histories), VisuallyHidden and Kbd, CloseButton, Dialog/HoverCard/Notification where persistent errors/actions need semantics.
+- **R:** Affix, AppShell, AspectRatio, BackgroundImage, Breadcrumbs, Burger, Checkbox, Chip, Collapse, ColorInput/ColorPicker/ColorSwatch/AlphaSlider/AngleSlider/HueSlider, Combobox/ComboboxPopover, Container, CopyButton, Drawer, Fieldset, FileButton/FileInput, FloatingIndicator/FloatingWindow, Highlight, Indicator, Input/JsonInput, List, Mark, Marquee, MaskInput, Menubar, MultiSelect/NativeSelect/NumberInput/PasswordInput/PillsInput/PinInput/Radio/RangeSlider/Rating/SegmentedControl/Select/Slider/Switch/TagsInput/Textarea/TextInput, Pagination, Pill, SemiCircleProgress, Space, Splitter, Spoiler, Stepper, Transition, Tree/TreeSelect, Typography. Use only where an existing widget requirement matches; do not churn working layouts.
+- **N:** Alpha/color/angle primitives outside configuration forms, AppShell/navigation primitives, TableOfContents, CorePackage documentation.
+- **D (9.5, not 9.4.1):** Cascader. **RollingNumber and Splitter are present in 9.4.1.**
+
+### Hooks catalog
+
+- **C:** `useFocusReturn`, `useFocusTrap`, `useReducedMotion`, `useRovingIndex`, `useLongPress`, `useScroller`, `useElementSize`, `useViewportSize`, `useHotkeys`, `useMediaQuery`, `useResizeObserver`.
+- **U/R:** focus-within, hover, disclosure, click-outside, merged-ref, interval/timeout, local-storage, event/window listeners, throttled/debounced values and list/set/map/state helpers are available in 9.4.1 and should replace local mechanics only when behavior and tests improve.
+- **N:** document title/favicon/hash/headroom/page-leave/OS/eye-dropper/fullscreen/network/orientation and other page-level utilities have no direct widget-remediation need. Every hook listed under `## Hooks` in `MANTINE.md` is covered by this rule; no hook requires 9.5 for the recommendations above.
+
+### Form, dates, charts, schedule, extensions, theme and styles
+
+- **Form:** existing `@homarr/form` should remain the abstraction over all cataloged form APIs. No widget-runtime replacement; use current validation/status APIs for widget editors (**R**).
+- **Dates:** all catalog entries are in installed 9.4.1 dates. `Calendar`, `MiniCalendar`, and `TimeValue` are candidates; other picker/input entries are editor-only (**R**). Importing dates directly into `@homarr/widgets` requires adding that workspace dependency (**D**).
+- **Charts:** 9.4.1 exports Area, Bar, BarsList, Bubble, Composite, Donut, Funnel, Heatmap, Line, Pie, Radar, RadialBar, Sankey, Scatter, Sparkline and Treemap (**C/R**). Prefer Sparkline for tiny trends, BarsList for ranked values, Heatmap for calendar/activity density, Composite for mixed analytics. **BulletChart and SunburstChart are 9.5-only (D)**. Replacement requires accessibility and bundle comparison, not blanket Recharts removal.
+- **Schedule:** all `AgendaView`, day/week/month/year/resource views and Schedule pages require new `@mantine/schedule` dependency (**D**). AgendaView is the only plausible calendar-widget candidate; its weight and semantics must beat the existing grouped list before adoption.
+- **Guides/FAQ/Other:** server components, portal testing, scroll lock, accessibility, nested popovers, zoom, responsive styling and version changelogs are relevant references (**R**); framework/setup/contribution/old migration entries are **N**. The 9.5 changelog is informational only.
+- **Theming/styles:** Colors, ColorSchemes, DefaultProps, MantineProvider, ThemeObject, CSS variables, data attributes, CSS Modules, responsive/RTL/style props/Styles API/performance are **U/R**. WID-009 requires shared layer/color tokens. Emotion, Sass, Vanilla Extract and unrelated global setup are **N**.
+- **Extensions:** existing modals, notifications, spotlight and rich-text abstractions are **U**; Carousel could consolidate Immich only after behavior parity; Dropzone/CodeHighlight/NProgress are **N** for this audit.
+
+## Complete 54-widget coverage matrix
+
+“Test” means a focused widget-local spec exists, not that all required states are covered. Every row still requires the common contract suite in WID-013.
+
+| WidgetKind                  | Family                  | Advanced    | Focused test | Principal audit gap                                        |
+| --------------------------- | ----------------------- | ----------- | ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------- |
+| clock                       | basic                   | yes         | no           | query error, locale-format options                         |
+| weather                     | basic/feed              | yes         | yes          | query error; dayjs locale/time patterns                    |
+| app                         | basic/link              | **no**      | no           | PR wording; URL contract                                   |
+| iframe                      | custom content          | yes         | yes          | manual focus/iframe trapping; URL privacy thread now fixed |
+| video                       | custom content          | yes         | no           | media/focus/live behavior                                  |
+| notebook                    | notes                   | yes (inner) | yes          | editor focus inside manual surface                         |
+| anchorNote                  | notes                   | yes         | no           | query error, save/error regression                         |
+| dnsHoleSummary              | network                 | yes         | no           | total query error, hard-coded chart colors                 |
+| dnsHoleControls             | network/security        | yes         | no           | total error and permission matrix                          |
+| smartHome-entityState       | smart home              | yes         | no           | raw state in aria; action permissions                      |
+| smartHome-executeAutomation | smart home              | yes         | no           | mutation/permission/edit-mode E2E                          |
+| stockPrice                  | analytics               | yes         | yes          | total error                                                |
+| mediaServer                 | media                   | yes         | no           | total error and table a11y                                 |
+| calendar                    | calendar                | yes         | yes          | total error; fixed HH:mm; schedule tradeoff                |
+| downloads                   | media                   | yes         | yes          | four-state/component coverage, arbitrary z-index           |
+| mediaRequests-requestList   | media                   | yes         | no           | total error; external URLs/actions                         |
+| mediaRequests-requestStats  | media                   | yes         | no           | total error; links/colors                                  |
+| mediaTranscoding            | media                   | yes         | yes          | total error and responsive table                           |
+| mediaMissing                | media                   | yes         | yes          | total error and external URL                               |
+| minecraftServerStatus       | infrastructure          | yes         | no           | total error/malformed payload                              |
+| networkControllerSummary    | networking              | yes         | no           | total error; WAN/unknown localization                      |
+| networkControllerStatus     | networking              | yes         | no           | responsive rule duplication                                |
+| rssFeed                     | feed                    | yes         | yes          | strong stale/partial state; locale relative time           |
+| bookmarks                   | basic/link              | yes         | yes          | recomputation; URL contract                                |
+| indexerManager              | media                   | yes         | no           | total error; runtime action ref                            |
+| healthMonitoring            | infrastructure          | yes         | yes          | integration query error                                    |
+| releases                    | infrastructure/feed     | yes         | yes          | secret/item authorization needs E2E                        |
+| mediaReleases               | media                   | yes         | no           | total error; external URLs                                 |
+| dockerContainers            | infrastructure          | yes         | yes          | total error; z-index/table semantics                       |
+| firewall                    | networking/security     | yes         | yes          | partial-query matrix; loose router generics                |
+| notifications               | infrastructure          | yes         | no           | total error; untrusted href                                |
+| systemResources             | infrastructure          | yes         | yes          | total error; previous network thread fixed                 |
+| coolify                     | infrastructure          | yes         | yes          | total error; URL validation                                |
+| systemDisks                 | infrastructure          | yes         | yes          | total error                                                |
+| timetable                   | calendar                | yes         | no           | backend strong; component locale/live tests absent         |
+| immich-serverStats          | media                   | yes         | yes          | two ignored query errors                                   |
+| immich-albumCarousel        | media                   | yes         | yes (query)  | query error and nested overlay/focus E2E                   |
+| paperlessNgx                | analytics               | yes         | no           | former error thread fixed, no regression spec              |
+| patchmon                    | infrastructure          | yes         | yes          | total error                                                |
+| bazarr                      | media                   | yes         | yes          | total error                                                |
+| tracearr                    | analytics               | yes         | yes          | total error                                                |
+| speedtestTracker            | analytics               | yes         | yes          | total error                                                |
+| uptimeKuma                  | infrastructure          | yes         | yes          | total error                                                |
+| audioStats                  | media                   | yes         | yes          | good dual-error handling; partial-state tests needed       |
+| umami                       | analytics               | yes         | no           | runtime query registration; chart a11y                     |
+| vpn                         | networking/security     | yes         | no           | total error; status/permission matrix                      |
+| archiveTeamWarrior          | infrastructure          | yes         | yes          | suspense path; docs present                                |
+| ups                         | infrastructure          | yes         | no           | total error                                                |
+| beszelSystemTable           | monitoring              | yes         | yes          | nested chart/focus and live subscription                   |
+| beszelSystemGrid            | monitoring              | yes         | no           | live/error UI; no focused renderer test                    |
+| beszelAlerts                | monitoring              | yes         | no           | partial error and status semantics                         |
+| beszelSystemStats           | monitoring              | yes         | yes          | runtime refs, locale tooltip                               |
+| traefik                     | networking              | yes         | no           | total error; bounded backend positive                      |
+| customApi                   | custom content/security | yes         | yes          | WID-001/007/008; polling resume fixed                      |
+
+## Severity-ranked findings
+
+### WID-001 — P1 confirmed, pre-existing: Custom API actions lack resource authorization and hardened fetch policy
+
+- **Location/claim:** `packages/api/src/router/custom-widget/custom-widget-router.ts:57-102,392-451`; “harden Custom API” and action-permission semantics.
+- **Evidence/reproduction:** any authenticated account can call `customWidget.all`, learn every definition ID and URL, then call `customWidget.execute({definitionId})`. The mutation verifies neither board nor item nor an action permission. It decrypts administrator-provided secrets, uses `new URL()` only, and `redirect: "follow"`. The PR hardened `widget.customApi.getData`, but not this sibling execution path.
+- **Impact/rule:** unauthorized side effects against internal services and authenticated redirect chains; broken object-level authorization. A view-only account can invoke administrator-created controls outside any board context.
+- **Correction:** require `{boardId,itemId,definitionId}`; load the item and verify it is `customApi`, belongs to the board, references the definition, and the caller has an explicit execute policy. Until that policy exists, restrict to admin. Share `validateCustomApiUrl`, timeout, redirect rejection, bounded disposal and redacted errors with getData. Compatibility: old direct callers must send item/board context.
+- **Tests:** procedure tests for anonymous, unrelated authenticated, view-only, modifier, admin, mismatched item/definition, disabled definition, redirects, credential URL, timeout and secret non-disclosure; E2E action button across roles.
+
+### WID-002 — P1 confirmed, PR-introduced: manual advanced focus is not an accessible modal
+
+- **Location:** `advanced-focus/context.tsx:194-209`, `items/item-content.tsx:113-189`.
+- **Evidence:** manual mode renders an Overlay plus a `role="region"` Card. There is no FocusTrap, `aria-modal`, background inertness, scroll lock or backdrop dismissal. Only the close button is initially focused; Tab can leave the surface and activate dimmed board controls.
+- **Impact/rule:** keyboard/screen-reader users lose the interaction boundary; WCAG 2.1.2, 2.4.3 and ARIA dialog pattern. Iframes/editors make escape especially likely.
+- **Correction/Mantine:** render manual mode through `Modal.Root` compound parts (or ModalBase), using its portal, FocusTrap, scroll lock, Escape/return-focus and semantic content. Preserve preview mode as non-modal. Configure nested overlays and `removeScrollProps`; keep a 44px `Modal.CloseButton` and explicit title via VisuallyHidden if needed.
+- **Tests:** RTL portal/focus-cycle/return tests; Playwright Tab/Shift+Tab, nested Menu/Select/Popover/editor/iframe, backdrop and every close path; reduced motion and 200% zoom.
+
+### WID-003 — P1 probable, PR-introduced: fixed advanced surface remains under transformed Gridstack ancestry
+
+- **Location:** `advanced-focus.module.css:35-42`; Card remains inside the Gridstack item while only the backdrop is portaled.
+- **Evidence:** CSS fixed descendants establish their containing block at a transformed ancestor. Gridstack uses transforms for positioned items, so viewport-derived `left/top` can be interpreted relative to the item on affected layouts. A Portal wrapper exists only for Overlay.
+- **Impact:** off-screen, clipped or incorrectly scaled focus surface across breakpoints/remounts.
+- **Correction:** portal the focused surface itself (naturally achieved by WID-002) and calculate geometry in the same viewport coordinate system. Do not compensate with transform-specific offsets.
+- **Tests:** real Gridstack at every layout/viewport, scrolled page, header, dynamic section and resize/remount; assert bounding rect within viewport and finite scale.
+
+### WID-004 — P1 confirmed, regression-exposed/systemic: query failures still become valid empty/disconnected UI
+
+- **Location:** 39 of 53 renderer query calls do not read `error`, including bookmarks, weather, calendar, media server, system resources, Coolify, DNS Hole, Tracearr, notifications, Immich, VPN and others listed in the matrix. Query defaults do not set `throwOnError` (`trpc.tsx:69-93`).
+- **Evidence:** TanStack Query returns `data=undefined` on total failure. Components default to `[]`, `null`, or empty branches, so the board ErrorBoundary is never reached. Network Controller and Paperless were fixed, proving the pattern; it was not completed.
+- **Impact:** operators are told “empty” or “disconnected” when monitoring failed, violating the product’s truthful-state requirement.
+- **Correction/Mantine:** introduce a shared `WidgetQueryState` contract distinguishing initial Skeleton, background LoadingOverlay, stale Alert, partial warning, true EmptyState and terminal error. Either explicitly throw only when no usable cached data or render a shared error Alert. Preserve stale data.
+- **Tests:** parameterized contract tests for every queried widget: initial, success-empty, total failure, stale+failure, partial failure, refetch, remount/persisted cache and sibling isolation.
+
+### WID-005 — P1 confirmed, PR-introduced/systemic: integration-provided links bypass a shared URL policy
+
+- **Location:** examples include `media-missing/component.tsx:291`, `notifications/component.tsx:77`, media requests list/stats, Coolify resource/server links, releases, bookmarks and iframe. Only RSS and custom JSX visibly use explicit protocol sanitizers.
+- **Evidence:** dynamic strings are assigned directly to `href`/new-tab controls. Integration APIs and remote feeds are trust boundaries; no renderer-wide `http/https` guard is enforced.
+- **Impact:** unsafe schemes, credential-bearing URLs, internal detail disclosure and inconsistent opener behavior.
+- **Correction:** add one typed application URL helper returning a sanitized URL/undefined, with allowed schemes per use case, credential stripping/rejection, consistent `noopener noreferrer`, and disabled non-link presentation. Validate again server-side for action endpoints.
+- **Tests:** `javascript:`, `data:`, malformed, credential, relative, http/https and missing URLs for each shared link primitive.
+
+### WID-006 — P2 confirmed, PR-introduced: runtime query/action state mutates untyped refs during render
+
+- **Location:** `definition.ts:121-162`; runtime registration calls in media missing/transcoding, audio, calendar, Umami, Beszel and Immich; `widget-context-menu.tsx:157-174`.
+- **Evidence:** `setWidgetRuntimeQueries` mutates a shared object during render; concurrent/aborted renders can publish uncommitted query identity. Action dispatch casts the definition to `Record<string,unknown>` and `any`, then casts its result back.
+- **Correction:** make definition generics preserve kind/options/action types end-to-end; replace stringly opaque ref slots with a typed per-item registration API updated in a committed effect (or use `useSyncExternalStore`). Separate query registration from imperative actions.
+- **Tests:** StrictMode, interrupted/remount, options change and cleanup; compile-time `tsd`/type assertions rejecting wrong action props.
+
+### WID-007 — P2 confirmed, regression-exposed: raw backend errors are exposed to users and assistive text
+
+- **Location:** Custom API UI `component.tsx:561-576`; API `custom-api.ts:79-85`; several partial fallbacks use `error.message`.
+- **Impact:** internal hostnames, request paths and implementation details can appear in tooltips/aria labels and logs.
+- **Correction/Mantine:** return stable error codes plus redacted public messages; keep detailed causes server-side with correlation IDs. Render localized Alert/Notification details, never raw throwable text.
+- **Tests:** errors containing credentials, query strings, private hosts and multiline backend bodies must not reach tRPC payload, DOM, accessibility tree or notifications.
+
+### WID-008 — P2 confirmed, PR-introduced/regression-exposed: locale handling remains incomplete
+
+- **Locations:** Beszel chart/tooltip dayjs formats, calendar event `HH:mm`, downloads `YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm`, timetable `HH:mm:ss`, weather day/month/time formats; `_inputs/widget-location-input.tsx:199` hardcodes `Intl.NumberFormat("en")`.
+- **Also:** `beszel/_shared/disk-usage.tsx:41`, stats loading aria label, Network Controller `WAN`/`unknown` are English/raw accessible strings.
+- **Correction:** centralize app-locale date/time/number/duration/status helpers; load canonical dayjs locale only at the boundary; use localized translation keys for aria/status. NumberFormatter is suitable for simple display but application helpers should own locale.
+- **Tests:** at least `en-US`, `fr-FR`, `de-DE`, RTL locale, 12/24-hour preference and long translations, including accessibility names.
+
+### WID-009 — P2 confirmed: layer and color tokens are inconsistent
+
+- **Locations:** downloads z-index 1000 and rgba row colors; item title z-index 4; item menu/dynamic menu 10; media server white rgba; Indexer Manager hex colors; DNS Hole rgba palette; Umami hex tick colors.
+- **Correction:** define shared semantic layer tokens relative to Mantine CSS z-index variables and semantic status/chart tokens respecting light/dark/forced colors. Do not replace intentional service branding.
+- **Tests:** light/dark/forced-colors with nested overlays and tooltip ordering.
+
+### WID-010 — P2 confirmed: responsive decisions are duplicated and under-tested
+
+- **Location:** Network Controller Status `component.tsx:44,59-78` (open valid thread); Bookmark `component.tsx:94` recomputation (valid but low-impact thread); similar width/height literals across renderers.
+- **Correction:** small typed breakpoint lookup helpers per family, memoized only for genuinely expensive layout. Prefer container-query Grid/SimpleGrid where structural. Do not cargo-cult `useMemo` for a cheap pure calculation; benchmark Bookmark before accepting the review suggestion.
+- **Tests:** boundary tables for minimum/typical/wide/short/advanced sizes and 200% zoom.
+
+### WID-011 — P2 confirmed: PR/docs overstate behavior and validation
+
+- **Location:** PR body, board/getting-started copy “advanced preview in place,” validation numbers, and unqualified review pass.
+- **Correction:** state 53 advanced renderers plus compact-only app; call manual focus an overlay only after WID-002/003; publish exact final-SHA check/test counts and disclose unsupported/live-untested states.
+
+### WID-012 — P2 confirmed: focused automated coverage is far below the 54-widget/data-state claim
+
+- **Evidence:** 42 widget-local spec files are helper-heavy; 20+ renderers have no focused spec. Six E2E files exist, but only board interactions and Custom JSX directly exercise this modernization. The earlier Custom JSX login wait failed once and current exact-route wait remains.
+- **Correction:** add shared renderer contract harness plus family E2Es. Replace Custom JSX’s exact post-submit URL race with a shared login helper that waits for authenticated session/stable destination, then run it three times in CI.
+
+### WID-013 — P2 confirmed: open review-thread state no longer matches code
+
+| Thread                                      | Classification                                                      |
+| ------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| iframe complete URL                         | already fixed/false positive at current line: only host is rendered |
+| system resources network gate               | already fixed, outdated                                             |
+| RSS total error                             | already fixed: no-data error throws; stale data retained            |
+| bookmarks memoization                       | valid P3/P2-low; benchmark first                                    |
+| network-controller total error              | already fixed, outdated                                             |
+| network-controller breakpoint consolidation | valid P2 maintainability                                            |
+| Paperless total error                       | already fixed, outdated                                             |
+
+Resolve the five stale threads with evidence; address or explicitly disposition the two live suggestions. Re-run review because CodeRabbit was paused during active development.
+
+## Systemic remediation roadmap
+
+1. **Security/authorization:** WID-001 and WID-005; add negative-role/protocol tests before merge.
+2. **Interaction accessibility:** replace manual focus with portaled Mantine modal semantics (WID-002/003), then test nested widget content.
+3. **Truthful data state:** build the shared query-state contract and migrate all 39 ambiguous sites; keep valid stale data and partial results.
+4. **Typed interfaces:** replace `widgetStateRef` slot mutation and `any` context dispatch with committed typed registrations.
+5. **Widget families:** media/downloads, infrastructure, networking/security, smart-home, analytics/calendar/feed, then Beszel; apply URL, state, locale, responsive and a11y contracts in that order.
+6. **Design-system cleanup:** semantic layers/colors and restrained Mantine consolidation. Do not add Schedule or upgrade to 9.5 without a separate dependency/bundle decision.
+7. **Docs/PR:** correct renderer count, behavior and exact validation evidence.
+8. **Final proof:** frozen install on supported Node/pnpm; format, lint, full typecheck, affected and full unit tests, production and docs builds; Custom JSX three times; complete production-container E2E; desktop/tablet/mobile keyboard/touch/light/dark/reduced-motion/zoom/a11y-tree QA. Push nothing until all refer to one unchanged SHA; close every review thread and obtain required approval.
+
+## Positive findings
+
+- Timetable is the strongest security work in the PR: saved resource authorization, private-range rejection, DNS rebinding resistance through pinned lookup, redirect rejection, bounds and schemas are coherently tested.
+- Bounded response helpers, Beszel bounded queue/cancellation, and partial-integration settlement materially reduce failure blast radius.
+- RSS preserves stale data and distinguishes partial feed failure; Network Controller and Paperless now correctly escalate total failures.
+- Item-scoped query matchers and tests address sibling-widget refresh isolation; global polling defaults are restricted to the widget namespace.
+- Touch long-press has movement tolerance; focus scale guards prevent Infinity/NaN; reduced-motion and remount cleanup are present.
+- Existing Homarr theme, Mantine components and shared UI vocabulary are generally preserved. Most proposed Mantine work is consolidation, not redesign.
+
+## Validation evidence and uncertainty
+
+- `MANTINE.md` was fetched from `https://mantine.dev/llms.txt` and passed byte-for-byte `cmp`; `llms-full.txt` stayed in `/tmp`.
+- Context7 current Mantine docs were queried for overlay/focus, responsive/data-state/accessibility, charts and Schedule. Static 9.4.1 archives verified exact exports; Cascader, BulletChart and SunburstChart are 9.5-only.
+- Local frozen install could not start because host Node/pnpm are below repository engine requirements. No dependencies, source files or machine toolchain were changed.
+- Docker API access is denied, so production-container E2E could not be rerun locally. Hosted exact-head Fast gate and Container/E2E are green.
+- `agent-browser` is not installed. Temporary `npx` execution was rejected by the environment’s security reviewer, so live exploratory QA/a11y-tree inspection was not performed.
+- External integrations were not available; malformed/partial/permission combinations are static-analysis conclusions unless a focused test already exists.
+- This review intentionally changes no production code and makes no commit, push, thread resolution or PR edit.
+
+Finalization must re-query the PR head/checks/threads. If the head differs from the reviewed SHA, this report is a snapshot and the delta requires review before merge.
+
+**Final refresh (2026-08-03):** head remained `96e92485a5fd45f3648cfac0453e614779c414ba`; all reported hosted checks remained successful; merge state remained `BLOCKED` with no approval decision; unresolved threads remained 7 of 34. The branch did not change during the audit.
@@ -23,9 +23,6 @@
    "react-hooks/exhaustive-deps": "warn",
    "eslint/no-unused-expressions": "warn"
  },
-  "options": {
-    "reportUnusedDisableDirectives": "off"
-  },
  "ignorePatterns": ["**/*.config.js", "**/*.config.mjs", "**/*.cjs", ".docusaurus/**", "build/**"],
  "settings": {
    "react": { "version": "19" }
@@ -1,10 +1,3 @@
 {
-    "cSpell.words": [
-        "Homarr",
-        "Lidarr",
-        "Nextcloud",
-        "Radarr",
-        "Readarr",
-        "Sonarr"
-    ]
-}
+  "cSpell.words": ["Homarr", "Lidarr", "Nextcloud", "Radarr", "Readarr", "Sonarr"]
+}
@@ -21,8 +21,14 @@ pnpm dev:docs

 # Or from within this directory
 pnpm dev
+
+# Point the docs at a local PocketBase instance
+WORKSHOP_API_URL=http://127.0.0.1:8090 pnpm dev:docs
 ```

+The standalone docs use `WORKSHOP_API_URL` for PocketBase and `HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL` for the public site origin. The old
+`WORKSHOP_URL` name is a deprecated one-release alias.
+
 ## Build

 ```bash
@@ -40,7 +46,7 @@ Uses oxlint and oxfmt (same as the rest of the monorepo):
 ```bash
 pnpm lint        # oxlint
 pnpm format      # oxfmt (check)
-pnpm format -- --write  # oxfmt (fix)
+pnpm format:fix    # oxfmt (fix)
 ```

 ## Typecheck
@@ -55,8 +61,8 @@ pnpm typecheck
 docs/
 ├── getting-started/    # Installation guides, glossary, prerequisites
 ├── management/         # Boards, apps, users, integrations, settings, tasks, API
-├── integrations/       # 55 integration guides (one folder each)
-├── widgets/            # 42 widget guides (one folder each)
+├── integrations/       # 56 integration guides (one folder each)
+├── widgets/            # 43 widget guides (one folder each)
 ├── advanced/           # SSO, env vars, proxy, styling, CLI, development
 └── community/          # FAQ, donate, license, translations, get-in-touch
 ```
@@ -71,7 +77,7 @@ Each integration/widget doc follows a consistent pattern:
 The docs app has `@homarr/definitions` as a workspace dependency. You can import integration kinds, widget kinds, and other definitions directly:

 ```typescript
-import { IntegrationKind } from '@homarr/definitions';
+import { IntegrationKind } from "@homarr/definitions";
 ```

 This enables type-safe references to homarr domain concepts within documentation code.
@@ -90,15 +96,15 @@ pnpm verify:search

 ## Tech Stack

-| Layer | Technology |
-|---|---|
+| Layer          | Technology                                  |
+| -------------- | ------------------------------------------- |
 | Site generator | Docusaurus 3 (`@docusaurus/preset-classic`) |
-| Styling | Tailwind CSS 3 + Docusaurus Infima |
-| Icons | `@tabler/icons-react` |
-| Diagrams | Mermaid (`@docusaurus/theme-mermaid`) |
-| Search | Algolia DocSearch |
-| Analytics | PostHog |
-| Charts | @nivo/line |
+| Styling        | Tailwind CSS 4 + Docusaurus Infima          |
+| Icons          | `@tabler/icons-react`                       |
+| Diagrams       | Mermaid (`@docusaurus/theme-mermaid`)       |
+| Search         | Algolia DocSearch                           |
+| Analytics      | PostHog                                     |
+| Charts         | @nivo/line                                  |

 ## Contributing

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://ui.shadcn.com/schema.json",
+  "style": "base-nova",
+  "rsc": false,
+  "tsx": true,
+  "tailwind": {
+    "config": "",
+    "css": "src/css/custom.css",
+    "baseColor": "mist",
+    "cssVariables": true,
+    "prefix": ""
+  },
+  "aliases": {
+    "components": "@/components",
+    "utils": "@/lib/utils",
+    "ui": "@/components/ui",
+    "lib": "@/lib",
+    "hooks": "@/hooks"
+  },
+  "iconLibrary": "tabler",
+  "rtl": false,
+  "menuColor": "default",
+  "menuAccent": "subtle"
+}
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 {
  "collapsed": true,
  "label": "Command line interface"
-}
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# Developer Docker CLI
+
+The host-side developer CLI builds and runs local Homarr images and pull-request previews. Run it directly from a checkout with `pnpm dev:cli -- ...`; no shell-specific setup script is required. It is separate from the recovery CLI included in production images.
+
+To install an optional `homarr` binary, run `pnpm dev:cli:install` and make your Go bin directory available on `PATH`. GitHub CLI authentication is only needed for pull-request features.
+
+## Browse development images
+
+```bash
+pnpm dev:cli --
+```
+
+The main screen combines local `homarr:*` images with open pull requests and their GHCR preview status. Select an image to start or stop it, use `R` to build a remote pull request locally in the background or rebuild a local image, or use `p` to force a remote preview pull. Press `d` to switch to the instance dashboard and `d` again to return without losing the browser state. The explicit `dev` and `dash` subcommands start on either screen.
+
+A locally built PR image is folded into its remote PR row only when its recorded revision exactly matches the current GitHub head SHA. The row is marked `◆ local`, and starting it prefers that local image without a registry pull. Outdated local builds remain separate rows. Navigation and dashboard switching remain available during background builds.
+
+## Build images
+
+```bash
+pnpm dev:cli -- build <name>
+pnpm dev:cli -- build --pr <number> [name]
+```
+
+The first command builds the current checkout as `homarr:<name>`. The pull-request form uses a depth-one clone in a temporary directory and defaults to `homarr:pr-<number>` when `name` is omitted.
+
+## Rebuild images
+
+```bash
+pnpm dev:cli -- rebuild <name>
+```
+
+Images built by this CLI record their source checkout, revision, and optional pull-request number. Rebuild uses that provenance to select the original checkout or create a fresh temporary pull-request checkout.
+
+## Run images
+
+```bash
+homarr run <name>
+homarr run --pr <number>
+```
+
+Add `--detach` to run in the background, `--demo` to enable demo data, or repeat `--env KEY=VALUE` to provide additional environment variables.
@@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ homarr fix-usernames

 This will convert all credential usernames to lowercase and update the database accordingly.

-![](./img/screenshot-cli.png)
+![](./img/screenshot-cli.png)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # Command line interface

 The Homarr image ships with a built-in recovery tool. This can be useful, if you do not have access to Homarr or if something is not working.
-Please note that the CLI is an *emergency tool*, not an API tool.
+Please note that the CLI is an _emergency tool_, not an API tool.

 :::caution

@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ You should also create a backup of the database, in case you break something.

 ## Execute CLI with Docker

-1. Execute ``docker ps | grep homarr`` on the root system with Docker to find the container ID of your Homarr container.
-2. Run ``docker exec -it <container-id> /bin/bash homarr <your-command-goes-here>``. \
-Replace ``<container-id>`` with your container ID from step 1. \
-Replace ``<your-command-goes-here>`` with the command you want to execute (see sub-pages).
+1. Execute `docker ps | grep homarr` on the root system with Docker to find the container ID of your Homarr container.
+2. Run `docker exec -it <container-id> /bin/bash homarr <your-command-goes-here>`. \
+   Replace `<container-id>` with your container ID from step 1. \
+   Replace `<your-command-goes-here>` with the command you want to execute (see sub-pages).

 ## Execute CLI with QNAP

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ This guide requires that you understand [how to access the CLI](../).
 :::

 Using these commands, you can manage the integrations from the CLI:
+
 ```bash
 Group of commands to manage integrations

@@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ Flags:
 ## Delete Integration

 - Requires a database connection
- Requires one parameter: ``id`` or ``name``
+- Requires one parameter: `id` or `name`
 - Deletes an integration permanently from the database

 ```bash
@@ -57,4 +58,4 @@ Flags:
  -n, --name string   Name of the integration
  -h, --help          help for integrations delete
  -v, --version       version for homarr-cli
-```
+```
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ All sessions for that user will be terminated and the user must re-login.

 ![](./img/screenshot-cli.png)

-Using the ``--username`` parameter, you can specify who you want to reset the password for.
+Using the `--username` parameter, you can specify who you want to reset the password for.
 Executing the command will create a new random password, update the database and display the new password.
 All sessions for this user will be terminated and they must re-login.

-![](./img/screenshot-cli-result.png)
+![](./img/screenshot-cli-result.png)
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ This guide requires that you understand [how to access the CLI](../).
 :::

 Using these commands, you can manage the users from the CLI:
+
 ```bash
 Group of commands to manage users

@@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ yj52ek5cyb6du4bp4osbkjry        admin           xxxx@example.com
 ## Delete User

 - Requires a database connection
- Requires one parameter: ``id`` or ``username``
+- Requires one parameter: `id` or `username`

 ```bash
 Delete a user by id or username
@@ -76,4 +77,4 @@ Flags:
  -p, --password          New password
  -h, --help              help for users update-password
  -v, --version           version for homarr-cli
-```
+```
@@ -1,9 +1,8 @@
 {
-    "label": "Developer guides",
-    "position": 6,
-    "collapsed": true,
-    "link": {
-      "type": "generated-index"
-    }
+  "label": "Developer guides",
+  "position": 6,
+  "collapsed": true,
+  "link": {
+    "type": "generated-index"
  }
-  
+}
@@ -8,61 +8,121 @@ tags:
 sidebar_position: 1
 ---

-## Setting up your development environment
-
-This guide will help you set up your development environment to start contributing to homarr.
+## Set up your development environment

 ### Prerequisites

- **Node.js (lts)**: You can download it from the [official website](https://nodejs.org/).
- **pnpm (latest)**: You can install it by running `npm install -g pnpm`.
+- **Node.js 24.18 or newer**: You can download it from the [official website](https://nodejs.org/).
+- **Corepack**: Run `corepack enable` so the repository selects its pinned pnpm 11 version.
 - **Git**: You can download it from the [official website](https://git-scm.com/).
- **Docker or Docker Desktop**: You can download it from the [official website](https://www.docker.com/).
- **A GitHub account**: You can create one on the [official website](https://github.com/).
+- **Docker or Docker Desktop**: Required for the Redis service and the developer Docker CLI.
+- **Go 1.25+**: Required only for the developer Docker CLI. You can download it from the [official website](https://go.dev/).
+- **GitHub CLI**: Required only for pull-request image features. Install it from the [official website](https://cli.github.com/), then authenticate with `gh auth login`.

-### Setting up the project
+The versions in the root `package.json` are the supported baseline. Let Corepack select the repository version instead
+of installing an unrelated global pnpm:

-1. Fork the repository by clicking on the "Fork" button on the top right corner of the repository page.
+```sh
+corepack enable
+corepack install
+pnpm install --frozen-lockfile
+```

-![Fork button](./img/fork.png)
+### Run the Homarr application

-2. Clone the repository to your local machine with `git clone`. You can find the url to use by clicking on the "Code" button on the top right corner of your forks repository page.
+1. Copy `.env.example` to `.env`.
+2. Set `DB_URL` to an absolute writable SQLite file path.
+3. Keep Redis and the optional local databases running in one terminal.
+4. Apply migrations and start Next.js in another terminal.

-![Clone button](./img/clone.png)
+```sh
+cp .env.example .env
+```

-3. Change directory to the project folder with `cd homarr`.
+Terminal 1:

-4. Install the dependencies with `pnpm install`.
+```sh
+pnpm docker:dev
+```

-5. Start redis by running `pnpm run docker:dev`. This will run a docker-compose file with a redis service.
+Terminal 2:

-6. Copy the `.env.example` file to `.env` and replace `DB_URL` with the full path you want to use for the sqlite database file. For example `DB_URL='C:\\Dev\\homarr\\packages\\db\\db.sqlite'`
+```sh
+pnpm db:migration:sqlite:run
+pnpm dev
+```

-7. Run the migrations to create the sqlite db file with `pnpm run db:migration:sqlite:run`.
+The infrastructure command remains in the foreground. Open `http://127.0.0.1:3000`; the first user created through
+Homarr becomes the instance administrator.
+Use `pnpm docker:dev:up` instead when you only need Redis in the background. Running the migration also seeds the
+default data; use `pnpm db:seed` to seed it explicitly later.

-8. Start the development server with `pnpm dev` and wait for a message that says `✓ Ready in 10.7s`
+### Run PocketBase and documentation

-9. Open your browser and navigate to [http://localhost:3000](http://localhost:3000). (Loading the page might take up to 2 minutes the first time)
+Start PocketBase in another terminal:

-### Useful npm scripts
+```sh
+cp apps/workshop/.env.example apps/workshop/.env
+docker compose --env-file apps/workshop/.env -f apps/workshop/docker-compose.yml up --build workshop
+```

-#### During development
+Then start Docusaurus in a third terminal:

- `pnpm dev`: Start the development server.
- `pnpm cli`: Run cli commands.
- `pnpm db:migration:sqlite:run`: Run the migrations to create or update the sqlite db file.
- `pnpm db:migration:sqlite:generate`: Generate a new migration file for the sqlite db. Also works with `mysql`.
- `pnpm db:studio`: Open a visual studio for the database.
- `pnpm package:new`: Create a new package in the monorepo.
+```sh
+WORKSHOP_API_URL=http://127.0.0.1:8090 pnpm dev:docs
+```

-#### Checking code quality
+PocketBase runs on port 8090 and Docusaurus on port 3003. Stopping the services preserves the PocketBase volume.

- `pnpm lint`: Run the linter to check for code quality issues.
- `pnpm format:fix`: Run the formatter to fix code style issues.
- `pnpm test`: Run the tests. You can also use `pnpm test:ui` to get a UI for the tests.
- `pnpm typecheck`: Run the typescript type checker.
+Open `http://127.0.0.1:8090/_/` and create the first PocketBase superuser. The Workshop UI is available at
+`http://127.0.0.1:3003/workshop`.

-#### Building the project
- `pnpm build`: Build the project for production.
- `docker build -t homarr .`: Build a docker image for the project.
- `docker run -p 7575:7575 -e SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY='your_64_character_hex_string' homarr:latest`: Run the created docker image.
+Point Homarr at the local services with:
+
+```dotenv
+HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL=http://127.0.0.1:3003
+WORKSHOP_API_URL=http://127.0.0.1:8090
+WORKSHOP_WEB_URL=http://127.0.0.1:3003/workshop
+```
+
+Restart `pnpm dev` after changing `.env`. GitHub OAuth is optional locally. See
+[`apps/workshop/README.md`](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/blob/HEAD/apps/workshop/README.md) for OAuth,
+Workshop moderator promotion, logs, tests, backup, restore, stopping, and intentional volume reset.
+
+### URL testing
+
+Docusaurus reads `HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL` and `WORKSHOP_API_URL` when it starts or builds. Homarr also reads
+`WORKSHOP_WEB_URL` when its server starts, so these values do not rely on `NEXT_PUBLIC_*` build variables. Test a
+separate API origin before release:
+
+```sh
+HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL=http://127.0.0.1:3003 \
+WORKSHOP_API_URL=http://127.0.0.1:8090 \
+WORKSHOP_WEB_URL=http://127.0.0.1:3003/workshop \
+pnpm dev:docs
+```
+
+### Useful commands
+
+- `pnpm dev` — Next.js on port 3000.
+- `pnpm dev:benchmark` — authenticated-board benchmark; readiness-only `--smoke` runs are not performance claims.
+- `pnpm dev:cli -- dev` — browse and run local images and remote pull-request images.
+- `pnpm dev:cli -- build <name>` — build the current checkout as `homarr:<name>`.
+- `pnpm dev:cli -- build --pr <number>` — build a pull request from a temporary checkout.
+- `pnpm dev:cli -- rebuild <name>` — rebuild an image from its recorded checkout or pull request.
+- `pnpm dev:cli:install` — optionally install the developer CLI as a `homarr` binary.
+- `pnpm dev:docs` — Docusaurus only on port 3003.
+- `pnpm docker:workshop` — local PocketBase through Docker Compose.
+- `pnpm docker:dev:up` — Redis development service in the background.
+- `pnpm cli` — Homarr operations CLI.
+- `pnpm db:migration:sqlite:run` — create or update a SQLite database.
+- `pnpm db:seed` — seed the default database data explicitly.
+- `pnpm db:studio` — inspect the database.
+- `pnpm format` / `pnpm format:fix` — check or apply oxfmt.
+- `pnpm lint` / `pnpm lint:fix` — check or apply oxlint.
+- `pnpm typecheck` — typecheck all workspaces.
+- `pnpm test` — unit and contract suites.
+- `pnpm test:workshop` — disposable Workshop integration suite.
+- `pnpm build` — production monorepo build.
+- `docker build -t homarr .` — build a production Docker image.
+- `docker run -p 7575:7575 -e SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY='your_64_character_hex_string' homarr:<name>` — run it.
@@ -132,4 +132,4 @@ This command should return CPU and memory usage statistics for each node.

 ## Conclusion

-You have successfully set up a multi-node Kubernetes cluster using kind and installed the Metrics Server for monitoring resource usage. This setup is useful for local development and testing Kubernetes workloads before deploying them to a production environment.
+You have successfully set up a multi-node Kubernetes cluster using kind and installed the Metrics Server for monitoring resource usage. This setup is useful for local development and testing Kubernetes workloads before deploying them to a production environment.
@@ -25,15 +25,17 @@ This is especially useful for [docker secrets](https://docs.docker.com/engine/sw
 Using the `PUID` and `PGID` will require you to set the correct permissions on the mounted volumes and if used the docker socket. See more in the [Running as a different user](/docs/advanced/running-as-different-user) documentation.
 :::

-| Environment Variable     | Description | Possible values | Default |
-| ------------------------ | ----------- | --------------- | ------- |
-| ``PUID``                 | User ID to run the container as | Any valid user ID | ``0`` |
-| ``PGID``                 | Group ID to run the container as | Any valid group ID | ``0`` |
-| ``LOG_LEVEL``           | Log level to use | ``debug`` / ``info`` / ``warn`` / ``error`` | ``info`` |
-| ``NO_EXTERNAL_CONNECTION`` | Disables some requests that need internet connection | `true` or `false` | `false` |
-| ``ENABLE_DNS_CACHING`` | Enables dns caching. Enabled by default, but if you experience issues with IPv6 or static IPs, see [#4006](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/4006) or disable this flag | `true` or `false` | `true` |
-
-
+| Environment Variable     | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Possible values                     | Default                       |
+| ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | ----------------------------- |
+| `PUID`                   | User ID to run the container as                                                                                                                                                                                                        | Any valid user ID                   | `0`                           |
+| `PGID`                   | Group ID to run the container as                                                                                                                                                                                                       | Any valid group ID                  | `0`                           |
+| `LOG_LEVEL`              | Log level to use                                                                                                                                                                                                                       | `debug` / `info` / `warn` / `error` | `info`                        |
+| `NO_EXTERNAL_CONNECTION` | Disables Homarr's internet-backed requests, including update checks, weather, and RSS feeds                                                                                                                                            | `true` or `false`                   | `false`                       |
+| `ENABLE_DNS_CACHING`     | Enables dns caching. Enabled by default, but if you experience issues with IPv6 or static IPs, see [#4006](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/4006) or disable this flag                                                     | `true` or `false`                   | `true`                        |
+| `HOMARR_DISABLE_IPV6`    | Disables the IPv6 listener of the internal nginx proxy, even when the host supports IPv6. IPv6 is normally disabled automatically when the host has no IPv6 configured. See [#4596](https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/4596) | `true` or `false`                   | `false`                       |
+| `HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL`     | Main Homarr documentation/site base used by runtime links. Must be an absolute HTTP(S) URL.                                                                                                                                            | HTTP(S) URL                         | `https://homarr.dev`          |
+| `WORKSHOP_API_URL`       | PocketBase API used by Homarr and standalone documentation.                                                                                                                                                                            | HTTP(S) URL                         | `HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL`          |
+| `WORKSHOP_WEB_URL`       | Public Workshop page opened from Homarr.                                                                                                                                                                                               | HTTP(S) URL                         | `HOMARR_WEBSITE_URL/workshop` |

 ## Authentication

@@ -43,9 +45,9 @@ See [Single Sign-On](/docs/advanced/single-sign-on) for more informations.

 The `SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY` is required. If none is specified before starting the container, a random key will be shown in the error message and the container will exit.

-| Environment Variable     | Description | Possible values | Default |
-| ------------------------ | ----------- | --------------- | ------- |
-| ``SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY``  | Secret used to encrypt secrets in database. | 64 character hex string | - |
+| Environment Variable    | Description                                 | Possible values         | Default |
+| ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- | ------- |
+| `SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY` | Secret used to encrypt secrets in database. | 64 character hex string | -       |

 :::info
 A random secret can be generated by using the following command: `openssl rand -hex 32`
@@ -53,27 +55,27 @@ A random secret can be generated by using the following command: `openssl rand -

 ## Docker

-| Environment Variable     | Description | Possible values | Default |
-| ------------------------ | ----------- | --------------- | ------- |
-| ``DOCKER_HOSTNAMES``          | Comma seperated list of hostnames to connect to | For example `localhost,docker.example.com` | - |
-| ``DOCKER_PORTS``             | Comma seperated list of ports to connect to | For example `2375,2376` | - |
-| ``DOCKER_SOCKET_PATHS``             | Comma seperated list of paths to sockets | For example `/var/run/docker.sock,/run/user/1000/podman/podman.sock` | - |
+| Environment Variable  | Description                                                                                                                              | Possible values                                         | Default |
+| --------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------- | ------- |
+| `DOCKER_HOSTNAMES`    | Comma-separated list of hostnames to connect to                                                                                          | For example `localhost,docker.example.com`              | -       |
+| `DOCKER_PORTS`        | Comma-separated list of ports to connect to                                                                                              | For example `2375,2376`                                 | -       |
+| `DOCKER_SOCKET_PATHS` | Comma-separated list of mounted Docker-compatible socket paths. See the [Docker and Podman integration guide](/docs/integrations/docker) | For example `/var/run/docker.sock,/var/run/podman.sock` | -       |

 ## Database
-| Environment Variable     | Description | Possible values | Default |
-| ------------------------ | ----------- | --------------- | ------- |
-| ``DB_DRIVER``            | Database driver to use. Currently `better-sqlite3` is used for sqlite, `mysql2` for mysql and `node-postgres` for postgresql | ``better-sqlite3`` / ``mysql2`` /  ``node-postgres`` | ``better-sqlite3`` |
-| ``DB_DIALECT``           | Database dialect to use. | ``sqlite`` / ``mysql`` / ``postgresql``  | ``sqlite`` |
-| ``DB_URL`` | Database URL to connect to. | Any valid database URL | ``/appdata/db/db.sqlite`` | 
-| ``DB_HOST`` | Database host to connect to. | Any valid database host | - |
-| ``DB_PORT`` | Database port to connect to. | Any valid database port | - |
-| ``DB_NAME`` | Database name to connect to. | Any valid database name | - |
-| ``DB_USER`` | Database user to connect with. | Any valid database user | - |
-| ``DB_PASSWORD`` | Database password to connect with. | Any valid database password | - |
+
+| Environment Variable | Description                                                                                                                  | Possible values                               | Default                 |
+| -------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- |
+| `DB_DRIVER`          | Database driver to use. Currently `better-sqlite3` is used for sqlite, `mysql2` for mysql and `node-postgres` for postgresql | `better-sqlite3` / `mysql2` / `node-postgres` | `better-sqlite3`        |
+| `DB_DIALECT`         | Database dialect to use.                                                                                                     | `sqlite` / `mysql` / `postgresql`             | `sqlite`                |
+| `DB_URL`             | Database URL to connect to.                                                                                                  | Any valid database URL                        | `/appdata/db/db.sqlite` |
+| `DB_HOST`            | Database host to connect to.                                                                                                 | Any valid database host                       | -                       |
+| `DB_PORT`            | Database port to connect to.                                                                                                 | Any valid database port                       | -                       |
+| `DB_NAME`            | Database name to connect to.                                                                                                 | Any valid database name                       | -                       |
+| `DB_USER`            | Database user to connect with.                                                                                               | Any valid database user                       | -                       |
+| `DB_PASSWORD`        | Database password to connect with.                                                                                           | Any valid database password                   | -                       |

 You can either use the url or host, port, name and credentials combined. The URL will be prioritized over the other values.

-
 ## Redis

 By default Redis is running within the installation. (for example in Docker).
@@ -83,25 +85,23 @@ However for example for K8s it can be useful to use an external Redis instance.
 External redis is currently not supported with Proxmox Community Scripts
 :::

-| Environment Variable     | Description | Possible values | Default |
-| ------------------------ | ----------- | --------------- | ------- |
-| `REDIS_IS_EXTERNAL`     | Whether Redis is running externally. | `true` / `false` | `false` |
-| `REDIS_HOST`            | Hostname of the Redis instance. | Any valid hostname | - |
-| `REDIS_PORT`            | Port of the Redis instance. | Any valid port | `6379` |
-| `REDIS_USERNAME`        | Username to connect to the Redis instance. | Any valid username | - |
-| `REDIS_PASSWORD`        | Password to connect to the Redis instance. | Any valid password | - |
-| `REDIS_DATABASE_INDEX`  | Select which database of your redis instance should be used. | Any numeric index | - |
-| `REDIS_TLS_CA`         | CA certificate for Redis TLS connections. If a certificate is specified the connection will use TLS. | Any valid CA certificate | - |
-
+| Environment Variable   | Description                                                                                          | Possible values          | Default |
+| ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------ | ------- |
+| `REDIS_IS_EXTERNAL`    | Whether Redis is running externally.                                                                 | `true` / `false`         | `false` |
+| `REDIS_HOST`           | Hostname of the Redis instance.                                                                      | Any valid hostname       | -       |
+| `REDIS_PORT`           | Port of the Redis instance.                                                                          | Any valid port           | `6379`  |
+| `REDIS_USERNAME`       | Username to connect to the Redis instance.                                                           | Any valid username       | -       |
+| `REDIS_PASSWORD`       | Password to connect to the Redis instance.                                                           | Any valid password       | -       |
+| `REDIS_DATABASE_INDEX` | Select which database of your redis instance should be used.                                         | Any numeric index        | -       |
+| `REDIS_TLS_CA`         | CA certificate for Redis TLS connections. If a certificate is specified the connection will use TLS. | Any valid CA certificate | -       |

 ## Proxy

-| Environment Variable     | Description | Possible values | Default |
-| ------------------------ | ----------- | --------------- | ------- |
-| ``HTTP_PROXY``           | HTTP proxy to use | Any valid HTTP proxy URL | - |
-| ``HTTPS_PROXY``          | HTTPS proxy to use | Any valid HTTPS proxy URL | - |
-| ``NO_PROXY``             | Comma separated list of hosts that should be excluded from proxying | Any valid hostnames | - |
-
+| Environment Variable | Description                                                         | Possible values           | Default |
+| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------- | ------- |
+| `HTTP_PROXY`         | HTTP proxy to use                                                   | Any valid HTTP proxy URL  | -       |
+| `HTTPS_PROXY`        | HTTPS proxy to use                                                  | Any valid HTTPS proxy URL | -       |
+| `NO_PROXY`           | Comma separated list of hosts that should be excluded from proxying | Any valid hostnames       | -       |

 ## Advanced deployments

@@ -109,6 +109,12 @@ External redis is currently not supported with Proxmox Community Scripts
 The advanced deployments environment variables should only be used if you know what you are doing.
 :::

-| Environment Variable     | Description |
-| ------------------------ | ----------- |
-| ``DB_MIGRATIONS_DISABLED`` | Disable db migrations. For example for helm charts |
+| Environment Variable     | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `DB_MIGRATIONS_DISABLED` | Disable db migrations. For example for helm charts.                                                                                                                                                               |
+| `WORKSHOP_PUBLIC_ORIGIN` | Origin used in PocketBase-generated links and email. It must be set explicitly in production and must match the externally reachable Workshop origin.                                                             |
+| `PB_ALLOWED_ORIGINS`     | Browser origins accepted by PocketBase. Use `*` for the central public community so arbitrary self-hosted Homarr instances can use the API and OAuth; private staging may use a comma-separated origin allowlist. |
+
+All public URL variables reject non-HTTP protocols, embedded credentials, query strings, and fragments, and normalize
+trailing slashes when Homarr or Docusaurus starts. The Docusaurus-only `WORKSHOP_URL` name is accepted as a deprecated alias for
+`WORKSHOP_API_URL` for one release. `WORKSHOP_API_URL` takes precedence.
@@ -9,17 +9,19 @@ tags:
 ---

 ## Icon picker
+
 Icons in Homarr are automatically requested from multiple sources:
-  - [Dashboard Icons](https://dashboardicons.com/) - Our recommended source with over 1888+ curated, high-quality icons
-  - [selfh.st icons](https://github.com/selfhst/icons)
-  - [Simple icons](https://github.com/simple-icons/simple-icons)
-  - [Tabler icons](https://tabler-icons.io/)
-  - [Papirus icons](https://github.com/PapirusDevelopmentTeam/papirus-icon-theme)
-  - [Homelab Svg assets](https://github.com/loganmarchione/homelab-svg-assets)
-  - **Local icons**: automatically fetched from the [medias feature](/docs/management/media/)
+
+- [Dashboard Icons](https://dashboardicons.com/) - Our recommended source with more than 1,888 curated, high-quality icons
+- [selfh.st icons](https://github.com/selfhst/icons)
+- [Simple icons](https://github.com/simple-icons/simple-icons)
+- [Tabler icons](https://tabler-icons.io/)
+- [Papirus icons](https://github.com/PapirusDevelopmentTeam/papirus-icon-theme)
+- [Homelab Svg assets](https://github.com/loganmarchione/homelab-svg-assets)
+- **Local icons**: automatically fetched from the [medias feature](/docs/management/media/)

 Using these icon sources, Homarr provides a total collection of over 11,000 icons at your fingertips.
-The icon picker is a fast searcher that helps you to find your desired icon simply by entering a search term.
+The image picker searches this collection after a short typing delay. When a name is available, such as an app or search engine name, the picker uses it as the initial search. Results show your locally uploaded images first, followed by SVG icons and then other image formats.

 ### Finding Missing Icons

@@ -29,6 +31,13 @@ If you can't find the icon you're looking for in Homarr's built-in picker, we st

 Icons that are high quality and printable ([SVG](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Scalable_Vector_Graphics)) are marked with a red badge "SVG" at the top right.

+You can clear the selected image with the clear button or the usual keyboard shortcut for deleting a line (Command+Backspace on macOS or Control+Backspace on other platforms). Clearing the field does not restore the previous image.
+
 ### Using external icons
+
 If you don't find the icon you're looking for on Dashboard Icons or wish to use a different source, you can simply enter a URL that points to an icon.
-It is important that the URL directly points to the file without any advertisements or elements around it.
+Direct HTTP(S) image URLs are used as entered instead of being searched in the built-in repositories. The picker previews the image and shows whether it loaded successfully. It is important that the URL directly points to the file without any advertisements or elements around it.
+
+### Uploading a local image
+
+Users with media upload permission can select **Upload image** next to the field. After the upload finishes, the new local image is selected immediately and is available at the top of future searches.
@@ -6,16 +6,40 @@ tags:

 Homarr has the following keyboard shortcuts:

-| Shortcut | Description |
-| -------- | ----------- |
-| `MOD` + `K` | Opens the search bar |
-| `MOD` + `J` | Toggles Dark Mode |
-| `MOD` + `E` | Toggles Edit Mode |
+| Shortcut                                        | Description                                                                                                                |
+| ----------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `MOD` + `K`                                     | Opens the search bar                                                                                                       |
+| `MOD` + `J`                                     | Toggles Dark Mode                                                                                                          |
+| `MOD` + `E`                                     | Toggles Edit Mode                                                                                                          |
+| Hold `Shift` for 500 ms over a supported widget | Opens its temporary advanced view                                                                                          |
+| `Shift` + `Enter` on a supported widget         | Opens its advanced view until it is closed                                                                                 |
+| `Esc`                                           | Stops keyboard tile editing, cancels an active pointer or touch move/resize, or closes an open advanced view or board menu |
+
+## Board editing
+
+`MOD` + `E` enters edit mode. Homarr keeps the current board visible while the editor prepares; movement and resizing become available when it is ready.
+
+When a tile is focused in edit mode:
+
+| Shortcut             | Description                                                                 |
+| -------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `Enter` or `Space`   | Starts or stops keyboard editing                                            |
+| Arrow keys           | Moves the focused tile within its current canvas, rail, or Container        |
+| `Shift` + Arrow keys | Resizes from the tile's lower-right corner: Left/Up shrink; Right/Down grow |
+| `Esc`                | Stops keyboard editing without undoing its changes                          |
+
+Keyboard moves and resizes apply immediately. To move an item between a canvas, rail, or Container, drag it there or use **Move / resize item** for precise numeric placement.
+Commands at a grid boundary or at the tile's minimum size are ignored and announced instead of moving or shrinking the tile.
+
+On touch screens, press and hold a tile before moving it; a quick tap does not start a drag. Resize handles accept direct touch input. During a pointer or touch move or resize, `Esc` cancels the interaction and restores the layout from before it started.

 :::tip

 Here `MOD` refers to the modifier key, which is `Ctrl` on Windows and `Cmd` on macOS.

+Advanced view is available outside edit mode. Widgets without a distinct advanced experience adapt to their normal
+dimensions instead. A progress ring follows the pointer while the temporary advanced view is preparing to open.
+
 :::

 :::note
@@ -9,16 +9,17 @@ tags:
  - Security
 ---

-import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
-import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+import Tabs from "@theme/Tabs";
+import TabItem from "@theme/TabItem";

 ## Allowing self-signed certificates
+
 Some users may come across a barrier, where they're unable to receive a 200 response from the Ping widget for some apps, while using self-signed certificates or a local certificate authory.

 :::note What's going on?

 Homarr is trying to communicate to your apps via the integrations.
-It usually doesn't matter if Homarr is running on ``http`` or ``https``.
+It usually doesn't matter if Homarr is running on `http` or `https`.
 Your apps have a self-signed certificate - Homarr will recognize that the certificate was signed by an unknown authority and requests will be blocked.

 :::
@@ -28,8 +29,9 @@ To allow self-signed certificates, you can configure them on the certificates ma
 ## Securing Homarr with Traefik

 Copying the configuration straight from the docker-compose file won't work if you are running Homarr behind Traefik, such as a Portainer setup, or docker-swarm. In that case, you should use the following slightly modified configuration:
+
 ```yaml
-version: '3'
+version: "3"
 services:
  homarr:
    container_name: homarr
@@ -47,18 +49,18 @@ services:
      traefik.http.routers.homarr.rule: Host(`your.internal.dns.address.here.com`)
      traefik.http.routers.homarr.entrypoints: websecure
      traefik.http.routers.homarr-secure.app: homarr
-      traefik.http.apps.homarr.loadbalancer.server.port: 7575

 networks:
  proxy:
    external: true
 ```

-<br/>
+<br />

 A sample Traefik docker-compose.yml using Cloudflare for certificate generation that works with the configuration above would be:
+
 ```yaml
-version: '3'
+version: "3"

 apps:
  traefik:
@@ -104,7 +106,6 @@ networks:
    external: true
 ```

-
 :::tip
 Of particular note here is that both configurations explicitly define which network they are using, in this case "proxy", but it can be named anything. It just has to be the same across all apps for which Traefik is serving as a proxy. These are marked as external because the proxy network was manually created by running: `docker network create proxy` but this might be unnecessary depending on HOW exactly you are running Traefik. For example, if running [Traefik with Portainer](https://docs.portainer.io/advanced/reverse-proxy/traefik#deploying-in-a-docker-standalone-scenario), you can follow their official docs on how to set up Traefik and Portainer together, and you can just focus on the Homarr docker labels instead.
 :::
@@ -115,7 +116,6 @@ If you are using Caddy as the reverse proxy for your setup, your `docker-compose

 ```yaml
 services:
-  
  # <-- [Homarr installation]

  caddy:
@@ -141,14 +141,17 @@ networks:
  proxy:
    external: true
 ```
+
 :::important
 Homarr needs to be on the same network so you will need to add the following property to your homarr install:
+
 ```yaml
 homarr:
  ...
  networks:
    - proxy
 ```
+
 :::

 Next, create a file named `Caddyfile` at the same level as your `docker-compose.yml` file with the following content:
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ tags:
  - PUID
 ---

-By default the container is running with user `root` and group `root`. 
+By default the container is running with user `root` and group `root`.
 You can change the user and group by using the `PUID` and `PGID` environment variables.
 Important to note is, that you'll also need to change the permissions for the mounted directories accordingly.

@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@ services:
    volumes:
      - ./homarr/appdata:/appdata
    environment:
-        - SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY=your_64_character_hex_string # <--- can be generated with `openssl rand -hex 32`
-        - PUID=1000
-        - PGID=1000
+      - SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY=your_64_character_hex_string # <--- can be generated with `openssl rand -hex 32`
+      - PUID=1000
+      - PGID=1000
    ports:
-      - '7575:7575'
+      - "7575:7575"
 ```

 After that you'll need to create the appdata directory and set the correct permissions:
@@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ services:
      - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock
      - ./homarr/appdata:/appdata
    environment:
-        - SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY=your_64_character_hex_string # <--- can be generated with `openssl rand -hex 32`
-        - PUID=1000
-        - PGID=999
+      - SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY=your_64_character_hex_string # <--- can be generated with `openssl rand -hex 32`
+      - PUID=1000
+      - PGID=999
    ports:
-      - '7575:7575'
+      - "7575:7575"
 ```

 And set the permissions for the mounted directories:
@@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ mkdir -p ./homarr/appdata
 chown -R 1000:999 ./homarr/appdata
 ```

-Important here is that the group ID is set to `999` as we created the `docker` group with this ID.
+Important here is that the group ID is set to `999` as we created the `docker` group with this ID.
@@ -10,20 +10,21 @@ tags:
  - Active Directory
 ---

-import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
-import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+import Tabs from "@theme/Tabs";
+import TabItem from "@theme/TabItem";

 # Single Sign On

 Homarr supports multiple authentication options, from internal userbase (credentials), to LDAP (with Active directory support), and OIDC.

 ### Auth configuration common variables
-| Environment Variable      | Description | Default Value |
-|---------------------------|-------------|---------------|
-| AUTH_PROVIDERS             | Select Which provider to use between *credentials*, *ldap* and *oidc*. <br /> Multiple providers can be enabled with by separating them with `,`, (ex. `AUTH_PROVIDERS=credentials,oidc`, it is highly recommended to just enable one provider).  |  credentials  |
-| AUTH_LOGOUT_REDIRECT_URL  | URL to redirect to after clicking logging out.  | --- |
-| AUTH_SESSION_EXPIRY_TIME  | Time for the session to time out. Can be set as pure number, which will automatically be used in seconds, or followed by s, m, h or d for seconds, minutes, hours or days. (ex: "30m") | "30d"  |
-| AUTH_COOKIE_PREFIX  | Prefix used for all authentication cookies (session, csrf, callback, pkce, state, nonce). Change this if you run another Auth.js/NextAuth app on the same hostname as Homarr (browsers scope cookies by host, not by port) to avoid cookie name collisions. Only letters, numbers, hyphens and underscores are allowed. | `homarr`  |
+
+| Environment Variable     | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Default Value |
+| ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------- |
+| AUTH_PROVIDERS           | Select Which provider to use between _credentials_, _ldap_ and _oidc_. <br /> Multiple providers can be enabled with by separating them with `,`, (ex. `AUTH_PROVIDERS=credentials,oidc`, it is highly recommended to just enable one provider).                                                                        | credentials   |
+| AUTH_LOGOUT_REDIRECT_URL | URL to redirect to after clicking logging out.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | ---           |
+| AUTH_SESSION_EXPIRY_TIME | Time for the session to time out. Can be set as pure number, which will automatically be used in seconds, or followed by s, m, h or d for seconds, minutes, hours or days. (ex: "30m")                                                                                                                                  | "30d"         |
+| AUTH_COOKIE_PREFIX       | Prefix used for all authentication cookies (session, csrf, callback, pkce, state, nonce). Change this if you run another Auth.js/NextAuth app on the same hostname as Homarr (browsers scope cookies by host, not by port) to avoid cookie name collisions. Only letters, numbers, hyphens and underscores are allowed. | `homarr`      |

 <Tabs>
  <TabItem value="credentials" label="Credentials Provider" default>
@@ -127,6 +128,8 @@ Homarr supports multiple authentication options, from internal userbase (credent

    If you'd rather manage group memberships for OIDC users locally (instead of via the IdP), set `AUTH_OIDC_GROUPS_LOCAL_MANAGEMENT=true`. While enabled, Homarr stops syncing OIDC users' group memberships from the groups claim, and admins can add/remove OIDC users on a group's members page. If you turn this back to `false`, the next login of each user resumes the regular sync and reconciles their groups with the IdP's claim again, which may remove memberships that were added manually while local management was enabled.

+    To let an existing credentials user also sign in with OIDC, set `AUTH_OIDC_ENABLE_DANGEROUS_CREDENTIALS_LINKING=true`. On the first OIDC sign-in, Homarr links a credentials user with the same email address instead of creating a second user. The user keeps their password login, local username and profile, groups, permissions, boards, settings, and API keys. OIDC profile and group claims do not overwrite the credentials-owned data. Homarr requires the OIDC profile to contain `email_verified: true` while this option is enabled. Only enable this when your OIDC provider verifies email addresses, because a matching email could otherwise be used to take over an existing account.
+
    <details>
      <summary>
        Example Setup
@@ -204,6 +207,7 @@ Homarr supports multiple authentication options, from internal userbase (credent
    | ``AUTH_OIDC_NAME_ATTRIBUTE_OVERWRITE`` | Overwrite name attribute. By default it will use preferred_username if it does not contain a `@` and otherwise name. | ---          |
    | ``AUTH_OIDC_FORCE_USERINFO`` | Force userinfo endpoint to be used for user information.    | false         |
    | ``AUTH_OIDC_ENABLE_DANGEROUS_ACCOUNT_LINKING`` | Enable account linking for OIDC provider. This will link the OIDC accounts by email. Be sure that you have verified emails to prevent stealing accounts. | false |
+    | ``AUTH_OIDC_ENABLE_DANGEROUS_CREDENTIALS_LINKING`` | Link an OIDC identity to an existing credentials user with the same email. The credentials login and existing user data are preserved. Requires the OIDC profile to contain `email_verified: true`. | false |
    | ``AUTH_OIDC_TOKEN_ENDPOINT_AUTH_METHOD`` | Override method for the token endpoint authentication. Supported values are `client_secret_basic`, `client_secret_post`, `client_secret_jwt` and `none`. | client_secret_basic |

    ### Permission System
@@ -19,12 +19,14 @@ Homarr uses https://mantine.dev/ under the hood. You can change the look & feel
 using custom CSS, that extends or overwrites the styles from Mantine.

 ## Getting into CSS
+
 If you don't have any experience with CSS,
 we strongly recommend you to go through the courses here: https://www.w3schools.com/css/.
 Due to the infinite scenarios and setups possible with custom CSS,
 our support team will not provide any support with your own written CSS.

 ## Limitations and dangers
+
 When using custom CSS, you can break the page or certain functionalities.
 Although CSS can improve the design & feel of the page, it **<ins>cannot do any of the following</ins>**:

@@ -33,21 +35,23 @@ Although CSS can improve the design & feel of the page, it **<ins>cannot do any
 - Completely revamp the design of the page, only smaller changes are possible

 Here are some dangers of using custom CSS:
+
 - Updates may contain breaking changes in the structure, built-in styling or how styling is processed. Therefore,
-custom CSS may break unexpectedly without any warning
+  custom CSS may break unexpectedly without any warning
 - Custom CSS may make certain elements invisible or not possible to click / interact with
 - Custom CSS could make readability and accessibility worse for impaired people

 ## How to inspect the page
-When styling the page, you can use the ``Inspector`` to inspect elements on the page and try out styles.
+
+When styling the page, you can use the `Inspector` to inspect elements on the page and try out styles.
 This may vary depending on your browser and operating system, but the workflow usually goes like this:

 - Open the Homarr page
- Press ``Ctrl`` + ``Shift`` + ``I`` at the same time.
-Alternatively, right-click on the page and choose ``Inspect`` or ``Inspect element``.
- Open the tab ``Elements`` if it isn't open yet.
+- Press `Ctrl` + `Shift` + `I` at the same time.
+  Alternatively, right-click on the page and choose `Inspect` or `Inspect element`.
+- Open the tab `Elements` if it isn't open yet.
 - Search the element you want to change in the DOM tree or use the element picker (usually at the top left)
-to select it by clicking on the page.
+  to select it by clicking on the page.
 - Experiment by changing the CSS code on the right side

 When writing custom CSS, it is important to also remember or create a selector, which tells the browser
@@ -55,17 +59,19 @@ which element to apply the styles to. If you accidentally broke something or wan
 simply reload the page.

 ## Using Homarr's classes
+
 Homarr's elements will already have a lot of classes and styles pre-applied.
 You can reuse those classes to apply additional styles or overwrite them.
-When overwriting, remember to add the ``!important`` flag  to your CSS property to tell the browser to use our instruction instead.
+When overwriting, remember to add the `!important` flag to your CSS property to tell the browser to use our instruction instead.

-Classes with random number suffixes, such as ``mantine-Card-x2fske``, should be avoided, since those are dynamic
+Classes with random number suffixes, such as `mantine-Card-x2fske`, should be avoided, since those are dynamic
 CSS classes that will change with every build. This means, every time you update Homarr,
 your styles will no longer apply to them

 ## Defining custom classes for widgets
+
 If you want to apply the styles only for one widget, you can define custom class names only for that widget.
-To do that, enter edit mode on your board, click the three dots of your widget, click ``Edit item`` and click ``Advanced options``.
+To do that, enter edit mode on your board, click the three dots of your widget, click `Edit item` and click `Advanced options`.
 Then, you can enter as many custom classes as you'd like:

 ![](./img/widget-custom-classes.png)
@@ -73,22 +79,24 @@ Then, you can enter as many custom classes as you'd like:
 To save them, click `Save changes` on both modals and exit edit mode.

 ## Where to enter custom CSS
+
 After you wrote your custom CSS, it is time to permanently save it, so you don't need to use the inspector anymore.
 To do this, enter the board settings:

 ![](./img/enter-board-settings.png)

-Scroll down a bit and click on custom CSS.
-Here you can enter your CSS code, which will be applied on the respective board page.
+Scroll to the **Custom CSS** section on the board settings page. It is part of the unified settings form; enter your CSS
+there and save the board settings to apply it to that board.

 ![](./img/custom-css-setting.png)

 ## Using variables
+
 You can also change the values of the theme variables, which are located here: https://mantine.dev/styles/css-variables-list/.
 To do this, see the following example CSS:

 ```css
 :root {
-    --mantine-primary-color-filled: #ffbb00;
+  --mantine-primary-color-filled: #ffbb00;
 }
-```
+```
@@ -7,12 +7,15 @@ tags:
 ---

 # Donate
+
 ## Why to donate
+
 Our team of 4 developers is working on Homarr in their free time.
 Homarr has become a big part of our daily things we work on - and therefore we invest a lot of time into maintaining Homarr,
 providing support and implementing new features.
 We also incur monetary costs while developing Homarr for the tools that we need.
 A few examples include:
+
 - Renting for a Cloud VPS for our cloud services (status page, monitoring, email, analytics, [demo instance](https://demo.homarr.dev/), ...)
 - Paying for (IDE-) licenses

@@ -20,6 +23,7 @@ Using a donation, you help us to cover these expenses and enable the development
 Homarr is completely free to use. We'd highly appreciate if you consider donating, especially if you use Homarr in a commercial environment.

 ## Where to donate
+
 We accept donations on our official [OpenCollective](https://opencollective.com/homarr).
 You may also sponsor us directly by providing a useful service / product to us other means.
-You can get into contact with us [here](/docs/community/get-in-touch).
+You can get into contact with us [here](/docs/community/get-in-touch).
@@ -5,43 +5,57 @@ tags:
  - Help
 ---

-import Tabs from '@theme/Tabs';
-import TabItem from '@theme/TabItem';
+import Tabs from "@theme/Tabs";
+import TabItem from "@theme/TabItem";

 ### Can I install Homarr on a Raspberry Pi?
+
 Yes, Homarr is compatible with the architecture of the Raspberry Pi. Have a look in our <a href="/docs/category/installation-1">installation guide</a> on how to do so.

 ### I have a suggestion / idea for improvement or want to report a bug
+
 You can report issues, suggestions, or ideas for improvements <a href="https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/new/choose">here</a>.

 ### Can I use my own custom icons for apps?
+
 Yes, check out our guide on <a href="/docs/advanced/customizations/icons">how to add your custom icons</a>.

 ### Some of my online icons are not working (anymore)
+
 It seems the `cdn.jsdelivr.net` database of icon sometimes appear in the lists for DNS-Holes (PiHole, AdGuard Home...). <br />
 So make sure to manually whitelist this address.

 ### Can I add my own widgets? Do I need programming skills?
-We have decided, not to support custom widgets, until Homarr is in a stable and highly polished state.
-Enabling users to write their own widgets is easy at the first glance, but there are some major issues with it:

- There are mainly two options for adding plugins or custom widgets to Homarr. The first option is, to allow and inject custom code in Homarr. Apps like Nextcloud can do this easily, because they use the Runtime to render all components of the application (In reality, the process is still a bit more complicated). In contrast, Homarr is using Next.js - a framework that needs to be compiled in production. That means, that each time you would modify a custom widget or plugin, the app would have to be restarted. There are options to avoid this, but they are quite flakey and bring disadvantages in our experience. The second option is, to write widgets declaratively instead of imperatively. This way, we would be able to render and modify widgets without any restarting at all. However, we'd have to write our own interpreter for said declarative schema. This is totally possible, but requires a lot of planning and architecture design to function properly. The required work to implement either option is therefore quite substantial.
- Custom widgets would need to be able to request data, so they work properly. We use tRPC for this. Many APIs use different formats and we'd have to convert and read those.
- Using custom widgets, one could easily create harmful widgets, leak your personal data (potentially including your tokens) and trick your users. A proper implementation (eg. official plugin store, where we can ban harmful widgets from) would resolve this problem to a certain extent, but again requires additional work and time to be put in.
+Yes. A [Custom Widget](/docs/management/custom-widgets) can read a public or private HTTP API.

-If you still want to add a widget, please consider to contribute it directly to Homarr. For that, basic programming skills are required. Our [Developer Guides](/docs/advanced/development/getting-started) explain this even more detailed.
+It can show responsive Mantine JSX. It can also use widget options and actions with board permission checks.
+
+Custom JSX v2 is the only Custom Widget format. Write the JSON and JSX in the workbench.
+
+You can also use the AI copy prompt. An MCP agent can validate and preview a definition before it saves the definition.
+
+The workbench reads a pasted AI response. It shows request capabilities and redacted diagnostics.
+
+A template cannot import packages or run arbitrary JavaScript. It cannot call browser `fetch`.
+
+Named requests use the Homarr server. The server applies board permissions and the network policy.
+
+Before installation, examine the origins, methods, permissions, and actions. Use the same review before publication.

 ### Is it secure to expose Homarr to the web?

-Yes, since v0.14.0, we are confident that Homarr is secure enough to be exposed to the web. 
+Yes, since v0.14.0, we are confident that Homarr is secure enough to be exposed to the web.
 Make sure to enable the "allow anonymous access" [option in the settings](/docs/management/boards#access-control), if you want to allow people without an account to be able to see your dashboard (not edit)

 ### How do I open the console / log?
+
 There are two different sources of information:
+
 - console: This is your client (browser). It can tell us, if there is an issue on the client (crash, bug, ...).
 - log: This is your server. It will tell us, if there are issues with connections for the integrations, crashes and errors.

-Both variants *can* contain personal data. It's recommended, that you don't post them publicly or remove personal data from it.
+Both variants _can_ contain personal data. It's recommended, that you don't post them publicly or remove personal data from it.

 <Tabs>
  <TabItem value="apple" label="Read console" default>
@@ -49,39 +63,45 @@ Both variants *can* contain personal data. It's recommended, that you don't post
 > Note: This will not work on most mobile browsers.

 Open your browser and ensure, that Homarr is your current tab.
-Press ``CTRL`` + ``SHIFT`` + ``I`` on your keyboard. If this shortcut doesn't work, please use one of the alternatives: https://developer.chrome.com/docs/devtools/open/.
-Click on ``Console`` in the new window, that opened. There, you should see white, orange and sometimes red messages. You can use the Windows Snip & Sketch tool (or your respective tool on Linux / MacOS) to screenshot those messages.
+Press `CTRL` + `SHIFT` + `I` on your keyboard. If this shortcut doesn't work, please use one of the alternatives: https://developer.chrome.com/docs/devtools/open/.
+Click on `Console` in the new window, that opened. There, you should see white, orange and sometimes red messages. You can use the Windows Snip & Sketch tool (or your respective tool on Linux / MacOS) to screenshot those messages.

 > Please never execute any commands in the console. Scammers are using the console to let you execute harmful commands. If you want to resolve an issue in Homarr, **you'll never have to execute any commands here**

  </TabItem>
  <TabItem value="orange" label="Read log">

-This depends on your installation method. If you use Unraid, you can simply click on the App and on ``Log``. If you have a bare Docker install, use ``docker container logs homarr``. If you used a different name than ``homarr`` for your container, you need to replace said argument. Here is some additional information about the command: https://geekflare.com/check-docker-logs/.
+This depends on your installation method. If you use Unraid, you can simply click on the App and on `Log`. If you have a bare Docker install, use `docker container logs homarr`. If you used a different name than `homarr` for your container, you need to replace said argument. Here is some additional information about the command: https://geekflare.com/check-docker-logs/.

  </TabItem>
 </Tabs>

 ### How do I post logs?
+
 Please check [the section above](#how-do-i-open-the-console--log), on how to obtain logs. Logs should always be posted to https://pastebin.com/ or https://rentry.co/.

 ### Can I use Homarr at my company?
+
 Yes, you can! But please consider a donation, if our work has been useful to you.

 ### I think I found a bug. What can I do?
+
 If you think, that you found a bug, please create an issue <a href="https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr/issues/new/choose">here</a>.

 ### Why can't I use my custom icons?
+
 You need to restart the Homarr Docker container after adding icons.

 ### Why can't homarr see/ping containers running locally behind GluetunVPN?
+
 This is because GluetunVPN, and many other docker VPN services, secure their VPN connections with strict firewalls. These firewalls often block access to local containers, even on the same docker network. The workaround for <a href="https://github.com/qdm12/gluetun-wiki/blob/main/setup/options/firewall.md">GluetunVPN</a> is to add "- FIREWALL_OUTBOUND_SUBNETS=192.168.1.0/24" into the environmental variables of the docker compose file. If you are using a firewall on your system, you will need to add a rule that allows requests from ip's in the range of 192.168.xxx.xxx . If you are using UFW the command would be "sudo ufw allow from 192.168.0.0/16".
 Tip: If you are running your torrent client behind a VPN, and running Sonarr (or something similar) normally, make sure to open your torrent client's port in your firewall. If you don't, Sonarr will not be able to see it. Furthermore, use your machines IP (192.168.x.x) rather then 127.0.0.1 or localhost.

 ### Can I get in touch with you?
+
 Yes, go <a href="/docs/community/get-in-touch">here</a> to get with us in touch.

-<hr/>
+<hr />

 :::tip

@@ -9,16 +9,16 @@ tags:
 We're happy to talk with you! Shoot us a message at the following places:

 ## E-Mail
+
 We are open to discuss sponsorships, security vulnerabilities and other private requests through our email.
 Please do not report any bugs / feature requests here - they will be ignored and deleted.

 [homarr-labs@proton.me](mailto:homarr-labs@proton.me)

 ## Discord
+
 We have a Discord Server, where we announce new releases, discuss features and bugs and show off our dashboards.
 There are over 4'000 members and we're happy to answer your questions or concerns.
 You're also open to discuss new / upcoming features and any offtopic selfhosting content.

 [_![](https://discordapp.com/api/guilds/972958686051962910/widget.png?style=banner2)_](https://discord.gg/aCsmEV5RgA)
-
-
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ tags:
 Homarr is licensed under [Apache 2.0](https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0).

 ## TL;DR
+
 | Action         | Allowed |
 | -------------- | ------- |
 | Copy           | ✅      |
@@ -24,8 +25,6 @@ Please consider [making a donation](/docs/community/donate) to Homarr, if this p

 :::

-
-
 ## Full License

 ```txt
@@ -5,30 +5,31 @@ tags:
  - Translations
 ---

-We want to make Homarr accessible for everyone. 
-But to do that, we need your help. 
-We are running a community program that enables everyone to translate Homarr into their language – no programming required. 
-We are using [Crowdin](https://crowdin.com/) to manage our translations. 
+We want to make Homarr accessible for everyone.
+But to do that, we need your help.
+We are running a community program that enables everyone to translate Homarr into their language – no programming required.
+We are using [Crowdin](https://crowdin.com/) to manage our translations.
 You can find the translations [here](https://translate.homarr.dev/).

 ## How to translate

-
 ### Using crowdin's online platform
-Go to the [Crowdin translations](https://translate.homarr.dev/) and select a language you want to translate. 
-You can then enter the translation mode and start translating. 
-After you've submitted your translations, a Proofreader will review your changes. 
-After a translation has been approved, it will be merged to the language development branch. 
-We merge this one periodically to the development branch. 
+
+Go to the [Crowdin translations](https://translate.homarr.dev/) and select a language you want to translate.
+You can then enter the translation mode and start translating.
+After you've submitted your translations, a Proofreader will review your changes.
+After a translation has been approved, it will be merged to the language development branch.
+We merge this one periodically to the development branch.
 After the next update of Homarr, all changes from the development branch will be merged, including the changes in the translations.

 ### Using live translate
+
 You can also help translate homarr directly from the app!
 For this you can simply change your language to "Crowdin (live translations)"

 ![](./img/crowdin-language-select.png)

-Then you'll be prompted to connect to your Crowdin account and choose the language in which you want to transalte. 
+Then you'll be prompted to connect to your Crowdin account and choose the language in which you want to transalte.
 You can then start translating directly from the app by selecting some text on the app.
 If some text cannot be selected to be edited with the live translation tool, you can still translate it inside of the In-Context popup at the Home tab, it will be red if it's not translated yet.

@@ -47,7 +48,8 @@ Do you want to become a proofreader? [Let us know on our Discord](/docs/communit
 :::

 ## Guidelines
+
 1. Translate with context: Some translations can't be translated 1:1 - they need context. Ensure that your translations make sense in the context.
 2. Keep things simple and original - no additional characters are needed.
 3. Don't translate the same thing twice - if you see a translation that is already translated, don't translate it again unless you have a better translation.
-5. Keep your translations as close to the original as possible.
+4. Keep your translations as close to the original as possible.
@@ -10,10 +10,16 @@ import imageStartFromScratchStepServerSettings from "./img/onboarding-from-scrat
 import imageStartFromScratchStepAdminUser from "./img/onboarding-from-scratch-step-admin-user.png";
 import imageStartFromScratchStepExternalAdminGroup from "./img/onboarding-from-scratch-step-external-admin-group.png";
 import imageStartFromScratchStepFinish from "./img/onboarding-from-scratch-step-finish.png";
-import manageBoardHeaderEditMode from "./img/manage-board-header-edit-mode.png";
-import manageBoardHeaderAddItem from "./img/manage-board-header-add-item-menu.png";
-import manageBoardHeaderChooseItem from "./img/manage-board-header-choose-item.png";
 import manageBoardNoApp from "./img/manage-board-no-app.png";
+import currentKeyboardTileEditing from "../management/boards/img/keyboard-tile-editing.png";
+import boardDesktopCurrent from "./img/onboarding-board-desktop-current.png";
+import boardEditModeCurrent from "./img/onboarding-board-edit-mode-current.png";
+import addContentMenuCurrent from "./img/onboarding-add-content-menu-current.png";
+import chooseItemCurrent from "./img/onboarding-choose-item-current.png";
+import editItemCurrent from "./img/onboarding-edit-item-current.png";
+import boardsHomeMobileMenu from "./img/onboarding-boards-home-mobile-menu.png";
+import moveResizeMenuCurrent from "./img/onboarding-move-resize-menu-current.png";
+import currentBoardMobileView from "./img/onboarding-board-mobile-current.png";
 import manageExportOldHomarr from "./img/old-homarr-export-data.png";
 import manageImportOldHomarrDropzone from "./img/old-homarr-import-dropzone.png";
 import manageImportOldHomarrChooseData from "./img/old-homarr-import-choose-imported-data.png";
@@ -28,12 +34,13 @@ Read our [glossary](/docs/getting-started/glossary) if you are new to Homarr.
 Congratulations on installing Homarr. Now it's time to get yourself familiar with the concepts of Homarr and how to use it.

 ## Onboarding
-The onboard will show the first time you start Homarr.
+
+The onboarding will show the first time you start Homarr.
 This process will help you with your first steps and adding some initial data, such as the administrator account.

 :::note

-If you see this screen repeatitly after you restarted the Homarr container, your Docker mounting paths may be missing,
+If you see this screen repeatedly after you restart the Homarr container, your Docker mounting paths may be missing,
 incorrect or read-only. Read [our installation instructions](/docs/getting-started/installation/docker) again to fix this issue.

 :::
@@ -45,50 +52,64 @@ You can either import a previous dashboard using the ZIP archive or start from s
 You may refresh anytime and continue from a different device - the onboarding is saved immediately on the server for your convenience.

 ### Starting from scratch
+
 Depending on your auth provider configuration you will either first see the admin user creation form or the external group creation form.
-If credentials provider was selected, you'll be prompted to create an admin user for Homarr.
-This user cannot be deleted and has full control over Homarr and all of it's boards.
-You must choose an username and password (both can later be changed).
-We enforce strict password requirements, when you enter your password, to protect your instance if you accidentially
-expose it to the Internet.
+If the credentials provider was selected, you'll be prompted to create an admin user for Homarr.
+This user cannot be deleted and has full control over Homarr and all of its boards.
+You must choose a username and password (both can later be changed).
+We enforce strict password requirements when you enter your password to protect your instance if you accidentally
+expose it to the internet.

 <img src={imageStartFromScratchStepAdminUser} alt={"Screenshot form to create admin user"} width={300} />

 If you selected external providers (such as LDAP or OIDC), you'll be prompted to create an admin group.
-This group will be used to synchronize users from your provider to Homarr. 
-When a user is logged in through the provider the groups of him that match groups with any in Homarr will be added to the user.
-The name of the group has to match exactly the name of the group in the provider.
+This group will be used to synchronize users from your provider to Homarr.
+When a user logs in through the provider, any of their groups that match groups in Homarr will be assigned to the user.
+The name of the group must match exactly the name of the group in the provider.

-<img src={imageStartFromScratchStepExternalAdminGroup} alt={"Screenshot form to create external admin group"} width={300} />
+<img
+  src={imageStartFromScratchStepExternalAdminGroup}
+  alt={"Screenshot form to create external admin group"}
+  width={300}
+/>

 Next, you can configure some basic settings for Homarr. We recommend to leave all settings at default for most users.
-Here you can also disable analytics. Please note that our analytics are completly anonymous and is fully compliant with GDPR and PECR.
+Here you can also disable analytics. Please note that our analytics are completely anonymous and fully compliant with GDPR and PECR.

-<img src={imageStartFromScratchStepServerSettings} alt={"Screenshot of analytics and indexing settings in the onboarding"} width={300} />
+<img
+  src={imageStartFromScratchStepServerSettings}
+  alt={"Screenshot of analytics and indexing settings in the onboarding"}
+  width={300}
+/>

 ### Setting up integrations

 After configuring server settings, the onboarding guides you through setting up your integrations.

 #### Docker service discovery
+
 If Docker is available (socket mounted), Homarr automatically detects running containers and matches them to known integration types.
 Matching integrations are pre-selected in the integration list, saving you from manually picking each one.

 #### URL templating
+
 You can define a base URL template to auto-fill integration URLs in bulk.
 Two modes are supported:
+
 - **Subdomain mode** - e.g. `{app}.example.com` where `{app}` is replaced with the integration name
 - **Port mode** - e.g. `192.168.1.1:{port}` where `{port}` is replaced with the integration's default port

 #### API key helper links
+
 For integrations that require API keys (such as Sonarr, Radarr, SABnzbd, or Seerr), a helper link opens the relevant settings page in the target application so you can quickly copy your key.

 #### Creating apps from Docker containers
+
 You can optionally auto-create bookmark apps for all discovered Docker containers, making them immediately available on your board.

 :::note

-Some niche and registry integrations (GitHub, npm, Docker Hub, GitLab, Codeberg, LinuxServer.io, GHCR, Quay, Search.ch) are hidden from the onboarding selection grid but remain available on the manage integrations page.
+Release providers and Search.ch are configured directly in their widgets instead of the integrations page.

 :::

@@ -100,27 +121,32 @@ We recommend you to continue with the section [creating your first board on this
 <img src={imageStartFromScratchStepFinish} alt={"Screenshot of the finish onboarding process with links"} width={300} />

 ### Importing a ZIP from version before 1.0.0
+
 This is recommended when you used Homarr before and want to re-import your data.
 It is important that you first migrate correctly using [the list of breaking changes for 1.0](/blog/2024/09/23/version-1.0).

 <img src={manageExportOldHomarr} alt="Export from old Homarr" style={{ maxWidth: 500 }} />

 **How to export and import data**
-1. Navigate to your old Homarr, open your management pages, open the tools submenu and open ``Migrate to 1.0``.
+
+1. Navigate to your old Homarr, open your management pages, open the tools submenu and open `Migrate to 1.0`.
 2. Check the contents that you want to export. We recommend you to export all data.
 3. Click on the export data button
-4. Save the ZIP file, that is being downloaded, on your device. If you selected "integrations" or "users", you also get an encryption / decryption key.
-Copy it and do not loose it!
-5. Go to your new >1.0.0 Homarr instance and start the onboarding. Choose ``Import from Homarr before 1.0``
+4. Save the downloaded ZIP file on your device. If you selected "integrations" or "users", you also get an encryption / decryption key.
+   Copy it and keep it safe; you need it later in the import flow.
+5. Go to your new Homarr 1.0 or later instance and start the onboarding. Choose `Import from Homarr before 1.0`.
 6. Drag and drop your previously downloaded ZIP archive into the file upload: <br/><img src={manageImportOldHomarrDropzone} style={{ maxWidth: 500 }} />
-7. Next, choose the data that you want to import and how to import it. Since screen sizes were removed in 1.0, we create a new board for every screen size by default. We recommend you to only keep the best layout and adjust it later in 1.0.0 - but you can also import all of them and pick later.<br/><img src={manageImportOldHomarrChooseData} style={{ maxWidth: 500 }} />
+7. Next, choose the data that you want to import and how to import it. Old Homarr screen sizes are imported as responsive layouts on the same board: the narrowest becomes **Mobile**, the widest becomes **Base**, and layouts between them become custom layouts. Homarr normalizes duplicate breakpoints automatically, so you can review the imported board in Board Settings and adjust the layouts there.<br/><img src={manageImportOldHomarrChooseData} style={{ maxWidth: 500 }} />
+   For example, legacy `sm`, `md`, and `lg` layouts at `0px`, `800px`, and `1400px` become Mobile, a custom layout, and Base. The imported board keeps each layout's positions, names, and column counts where possible so you can review the result before saving. If a board has one saved layout, Homarr keeps it as Base and generates Mobile from it; a board without saved layouts receives Mobile at `0px` with 3 columns and Base at `768px` with 10 columns.
 8. If you previously exported integrations or users, you will be asked to decrypt the data safely using your obtained encryption token. Paste into the modal and confirm your action.<br/><img src={manageImportDecryptionToken} style={{ maxWidth: 500 }} />
 9. Next, you can [follow the same setup as when starting from scratch](#starting-from-scratch). After you completed the onboarding, all of your data will be migrated and available.

 ## Creating your first board
+
 In Homarr, you organize your apps and widgets on boards.
-Boards can be organized using the interactive drag and drop.
-Let's create your first board by navigating here: ``Manage`` > ``Boards`` > ``New board``:
+Boards use fixed-size tiles so the same widget keeps the same proportions on every screen.
+Drag, resize, and section controls are available in edit mode.
+Let's create your first board by navigating here: `Manage` > `Boards` > `New board`:
 ![](./img/manage-create-board-button.png)

 A board must always have a name and can either be public or private.
@@ -128,17 +154,34 @@ Public boards are also accessible for users, that are not logged in ([see access

 ![](./img/manage-create-board-modal.png)

-Congratulations - you've just created your first board. You can see boards, that you have access to, on this page:
+Congratulations - you've just created your first board. You can see the boards you have access to on this page:

-![](./img/manage-view-board.png)
+<figure>
+  <img
+    src={boardsHomeMobileMenu}
+    alt="Boards management page showing a Home badge and separate desktop and mobile home-board menu entries"
+    style={{ maxWidth: "100%" }}
+  />
+  <figcaption>The Boards page selects the board opened from Home separately for desktop and mobile.</figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+The board marked **Home** is the board opened from the desktop Home route. **Set as your mobile board** selects which board
+opens on phones. This is separate from the **Mobile** layout: the home-board setting chooses a board, while **Mobile** and
+**Base** are responsive layouts inside that board. A phone can therefore open a different home board and still use that
+board's Mobile layout.
+
+New boards start with **Mobile** and **Base** responsive layouts automatically, so you can edit the board for phones and
+desktops without creating extra layouts first. Mobile starts at `0px` with 3 columns and Base at `768px` with 10 columns.
+Each layout keeps its own tile positions and sizes.

 ## Add your first app to Homarr
+
 To add links to your dashboard, you must first add them as an "app".
 Navigate to this page to add an app:

 ![](./img/manage-navigate-apps.png)

-Next, click on the ``New app`` button. You'll need to provide a name and an icon to create an app.
+Next, click on the `New app` button. You'll need to provide a name and an icon to create an app.
 The name must be at least one character long but you can provide any image URL for the icon.
 Homarr ships with over 11K icons - so you can just search by entering a search text instead.

@@ -149,35 +192,67 @@ After you created the app, you'll see in on the apps page:
 ![](./img/manage-created-app.png)

 ## Arrange and organize your board
-Let's add your freshly created app, from the previous step, to the board.
-To do this, edit your previously created board by clicking on the big ``Open board`` button:

-![](./img/manage-view-board.png)
+Let's add your freshly created app, from the previous step, to the board.
+To do this, edit your previously created board by clicking on the big `Open board` button:
+
+<figure>
+  <img src={boardDesktopCurrent} alt="Current Homarr board opened from the Boards page" style={{ maxWidth: "100%" }} />
+  <figcaption>Open a board to view its dashboard, then enter edit mode to arrange its content.</figcaption>
+</figure>

 Here you have the following options in the header:

 ![](./img/manage-board-header.png)

 - **Search**: Here you can search for data. You can search for integrations, boards, actions, sites and much more. Some actions may be context dependent (eg. will only show when certain widgets are on your page)
- **Edit mode**: Clicking this button will toggle the edit mode. In this mode you can edit the contents of your board.
+- **Edit board**: Clicking this button will toggle edit mode. In this mode you can edit the contents of your board.
 - **Settings**: Clicking this button will redirect you to a settings page where you can adjust the board settings (page title, colors, ...).
+- **Board switcher**: Use this button to open another board that you can access.
 - **Profile**: This avatar will be visible on every page. Clicking it will show a menu with actions.

 When entering the edit mode, you'll get some additional buttons to work with:

-<img src={manageBoardHeaderEditMode} alt={"Screenshot of buttons in the edit mode"} width={200} />
+<figure>
+  <img
+    src={boardEditModeCurrent}
+    alt="Current Homarr board editor with tile controls visible"
+    style={{ maxWidth: "100%" }}
+  />
+  <figcaption>The current editor keeps the board visible while its editing controls are available.</figcaption>
+</figure>

- **Add item**: Click this button to add new elements to your page.
- **Exit edit mode**: Click this btuton to save your changes and exit edit mode.
+- **Add board content**: Click this button to create a new item, app, integration, or Container.
+- **Save board**: Click this button to save your changes and leave edit mode. If you leave with unsaved changes, Homarr asks whether to discard them.

-To continue, click the option "New Item":
+Outside edit mode, right-click a widget for its live status, refresh, settings, quick options, and supported actions.
+Hold `Shift` while hovering a widget that supports advanced view to expand it in place while the rest of the board
+stays visible but dimmed. Release `Shift` to close it. You can also focus that widget and press `Shift` + `Enter` to
+keep its advanced view open until you close it. Widgets without a distinct advanced experience adapt in place.

-<img src={manageBoardHeaderAddItem} alt={"Screenshot of the add item menu"} width={200} />
+To continue, click **New item** in the add-content menu. New content is placed at the first available position on the main
+canvas; it is not inserted at a clicked empty cell or directly into a rail or Container:
+
+<figure>
+  <img
+    src={addContentMenuCurrent}
+    alt="Current add board content menu with item, app, integration, and Container actions"
+    style={{ maxWidth: "100%" }}
+  />
+  <figcaption>The add-content menu provides the four supported ways to place new content on the board.</figcaption>
+</figure>

 Next, you can choose what item you'd like to add.
 We will discuss the other options in the following sections - for now choose "App" to continue.

-<img src={manageBoardHeaderChooseItem} alt={"Screenshot of choosing the app item in the modal"} width={300} />
+<figure>
+  <img
+    src={chooseItemCurrent}
+    alt="Current item picker showing the App card and other item types"
+    style={{ maxWidth: "100%" }}
+  />
+  <figcaption>Choose the App item from the current picker to add an app tile.</figcaption>
+</figure>

 As soon as you chose the app, the modal will close and you'll get the following item on your board:

@@ -186,28 +261,57 @@ As soon as you chose the app, the modal will close and you'll get the following
 This is expected, because you haven't told Homarr what app it should show in this item.
 To configure this, click on the small 3 dots at the top of the item in the edit mode and choose "Edit item" in the menu.

-![](./img/manage-board-edit-app.gif)
+<figure>
+  <img
+    src={moveResizeMenuCurrent}
+    alt="Current board tile menu showing Edit item and Move or resize item"
+    style={{ maxWidth: "450px" }}
+  />
+  <figcaption>The tile menu contains the item editor and the separate move-and-resize tools.</figcaption>
+</figure>

 In the modal you can edit the app that you want to display:

-![](./img/manage-board-choose-app.png)
+<figure>
+  <img src={editItemCurrent} alt="Current Edit item modal for an App tile" style={{ maxWidth: "620px" }} />
+  <figcaption>Use the Edit item modal to choose the app and configure how its tile is displayed.</figcaption>
+</figure>

 As soon as you save your changes, the tile on the board will refresh and display your app.
-Using the small bidirectional arrow at the bottom right you can resize the element.
-Start pressing with your mouse button down, move your mouse to resize and release your finger as soon your you're happy with the size.
+Resize from any visible edge or corner handle. For a Container, activate its top-left grip before using its resize handles.
+Press and hold a handle, move the pointer, and release it when the tile has the size you want.

-![](./img/resize-item.gif)
+To move a tile in edit mode, press and hold its inert content area, move it to the desired position, and release it.
+Widget content is disabled while editing so its controls do not intercept the drag; use the tile's settings button for edit actions.
+The tile snaps to the grid. A single compatible collision may swap the two items when both resulting placements fit;
+otherwise the collision chain reflows neighboring tiles automatically.

-To move your item to a different position on the board, simply hold the mouse button anywhere on the item and move with the mouse to the desired position.
-As soon as you release your finger, the item will snap in place in the grid.
+Every `1 × 1` tile has a logical content size of `200 × 200` pixels.
+Larger tiles use multiples of that fixed unit, with a consistent gap between cells.
+Homarr scales the complete board uniformly, like zooming a page.
+The complete canvas always fits the available width without horizontal board scrolling. Below 100%, Homarr preserves the
+widget's readable typography and control density instead of shrinking each widget independently.
+It does not squeeze or reflow the content of individual widgets, so a widget keeps the same design and proportions across screen sizes.

-![](./img/move-item.gif)
+On a narrow screen, Homarr uses the **Mobile layout** for the selected board and stacks the board content vertically while
+preserving each widget's fixed logical proportions:
+
+<figure>
+  <img
+    src={currentBoardMobileView}
+    alt="Homarr's Mobile layout in a 390-pixel-wide viewport, with tiles scaled to fit and stacked vertically"
+    style={{ maxWidth: "390px" }}
+  />
+  <figcaption>
+    At phone width, the selected board uses its Mobile layout and fits the complete canvas to the viewport.
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>

 :::note

-You cannot move items freely on the vertical axis.
-We always align all items to the top of the page to simply organization.
-To move items to the bottom, you must add more items or resize items.
+Viewing a board initially uses the lightweight, non-interactive layout.
+For users with edit access, Homarr prepares drag-and-drop and resize controls in the background after the board becomes interactive.
+If you enter edit mode before that finishes, the existing board stays visible until the editor is ready.

 :::

@@ -218,27 +322,31 @@ This helps you to explore the capabilities of Homarr before you build your board

 :::

-Users on touch or mobile devices may not be able to drag and drop or move items.
-They can use the "Move / resize item" option in the edit menu of items instead:
+Keyboard users can focus a tile, press Enter or Space, then use arrow keys to move and Shift plus arrow keys to resize
+within its current canvas, rail, or Container. Press Escape to stop keyboard editing. Touch dragging starts after a short
+hold of about `200 ms`; resize handles accept direct touch input. During a pointer or touch move or resize, press Escape
+to cancel and restore the previous layout. For cross-grid moves or precise numeric controls, choose **Move / resize item**
+from the tile's edit menu.
+Keyboard commands at a grid boundary or minimum tile size are ignored and announced; they do not move or shrink the tile.

-![](./img/manage-board-move-resize-item-menu.png)
+<img src={currentKeyboardTileEditing} alt="A board tile focused for keyboard editing" style={{ maxWidth: "100%" }} />

-Be sure to save your changes by exiting edit mode!
-
-![](./img/exit-edit-mode.png)
+Open **Move / resize item** from the tile menu to move the tile to another section or rail and enter precise numeric
+coordinates and dimensions. After making changes, click **Save board** to persist them and leave edit mode.

 ## Adding your first integration
+
 Now it's time to integrate some basic data into your board.
 To do this, we first need to create an integration.
 An integration is a connection between Homarr and a third party application - usually something that you run and deploy yourself.

-Navigate to ``Manage`` > ``Integrations`` (for example via your user menu).
+Navigate to `Manage` > `Integrations` (for example via your user menu).
 As an example, we are going to use the public demo instance of **Dash.** - a popular application to monitor CPU / hardware usage.
 Choose the **Dash.** integration from the list of available integrations:

 ![](./img/choose-integration.gif)

-Next, choose a name (or leave it at default), enter ``https://dash.mauz.dev/`` as the URL in the form and click on ``Test connection and create``.
+Next, choose a name (or leave it at default), enter `https://dash.mauz.dev/` as the URL in the form and click on `Test connection and create`.
 Pressing the save button will perform a test request to the integration, to confirm that the networking setup is working as expected.
 Sometimes invalid configurations, firewalls and other mistakes can lead to connectivity problems - [follow this guide here](/docs/management/integrations/#troubleshooting-connection) if you experience issues.

@@ -254,13 +362,21 @@ the target application or your router.
 :::

 ## Embed integration data using widgets
+
 Let's add your integration, that you have configured in the section above, as a widget to your board.
 First, navigate back to your board that you want to add it to.
 Next, enter edit mode again and add another item to your board:

-![](./img/manage-board-header-add-item-menu.png)
+<figure>
+  <img
+    src={addContentMenuCurrent}
+    alt="Current add board content menu with item, app, integration, and Container actions"
+    style={{ maxWidth: "100%" }}
+  />
+  <figcaption>Use the same add-content menu to place an integration widget on the board.</figcaption>
+</figure>

-Instead of choosing an app, let's choose ``System Health Monitoring`` this time.
+Instead of choosing an app, let's choose `System Health Monitoring` this time.
 Click on "Add to board":

 ![](./img/manage-board-header-choose-system-health.png)
@@ -285,66 +401,65 @@ Editing a widget will trigger a data update and data will soon appear:

 ![](./img/widget-system-health.png)

-As with every change, don't forget to save your changes using the exit edit mode button:
+As with every change, click **Save board** to persist your board changes and leave edit mode.

-![](./img/exit-edit-mode.png)
+## Organizing items with Containers

-## Grouping your items
-As the last step, let's organize your freshly created items using two different options.
-You can choose either or both of them on your boards.
+Containers are resizable areas for apps, widgets, and nested Containers.
+The same Container works on the main canvas, inside a fixed rail, or inside another Container.
+Each Container can configure:

-### Using dynamic sections
-Dynamic sections are a simple, resizable visual group to group items.
+- Its label and whether that label is visible.
+- Allow or disable collapsing.
+- Show or hide **Open all in new tabs**.
+- Change its border color and custom CSS classes.

-![](./img/create-dynamic-section.png)
+Open the add-content menu and choose **New container**.
+In edit mode, move and resize it like any other item, then drag items into or out of it.
+Nested content stays within the Container's bounds.
+While resizing, the solid outline follows the pointer continuously and the dashed grid preview shows the size that will be saved on release.

-After adding a dynamic section, you can simply drag and drop items into the section:
+### Collapsing and opening apps

-![](./img/dynamic-section.gif)
+Users can collapse an eligible Container like an accordion in view mode without changing its saved expanded size.
+The full-width header becomes the compact expansion bar, so the half-row state has no empty pill-shaped spacer.
+Expanding it restores its bounds and makes room for its contents.
+If **Open all in new tabs** is enabled, the Container menu can open every app link it contains.

-### Using categories
-Categories are more advanced and complicated than dynamic sections.
-To create a category, open the add item modal and choose "new category":
+### Fixed rails

-![](./img/add-category.png)
-
-Every category must have a name. After you click "Add category", you will get a new item on your board:
-
-![](./img/category.gif)
-
-You can drag and drop items in to this category in the edit mode.
-Categories will have a big space before and after them in the edit mode to
-enable you to drag and drop items outside the category.
-You can also collapse or open categories in edit mode to facilitate your editing process.
-
-:::note
-
-A current limitation of categories is, that they will always have a width of 100%.
-You cannot reduce their horizontal width.
-
-:::
+Open the board's **Layout** settings to enable the left or right rail for each responsive layout.
+Choose one, two, or three columns with the slider and use the preview to check the remaining canvas width.
+The rail reserves those columns from the dashboard, so Homarr moves canvas items into the next available positions.
+Rail content stays visible while the page scrolls and remains editable.
+Each responsive layout keeps its own rail widths, item positions, and item sizes.

 ## Guided tours

 After completing the onboarding, Homarr provides interactive guided tours to help you discover key features.

 ### Management tour
+
 When you first visit the management area (`/manage`), Homarr walks you through the main pages: boards, apps, integrations, and users (admin only).
 Each page highlights the list view and the create action so you know where to find and add things.

 ### Board tour
+
 When you first open a board, a tour highlights the board header elements: search, edit mode, settings, board switcher, and user menu.

 ### Tour controls
+
 - Press **Enter** (or click **Next**) to advance through tour steps
 - Tours auto-start on first visit and do not repeat once completed
 - Tours are skipped on mobile screens (below `sm` breakpoint)
 - You can **reset tours** from the user settings page under **Manage > Users > [Your user] > General**

 ## Next steps
+
 You're done with the basic setup 🔥. Now it's time to organize and customize even more.
 We highly recommend you to experiment with different options, styles and configurations.
 See these curated pages for your next steps:
+
 - Create new apps using the [apps management](/docs/management/apps/)
 - Customize your board or add more boards using the [boards management](/docs/management/boards/)
 - Integrate software that you use using the [integrations management](/docs/management/integrations/)
@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
 # Glossary
-In the glossary, you'll learn the different components and their names of Homarr.

-| Term            | Definition                                                                                                     |
-|-----------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| Apps            | An piece of software that you or a third party hosts (eg. Google)                                              |
-| Integration     | A connection to a service outside of Homarr                                                                    |
-| Dynamic section | Resizeable area where items on your board can be placed and grouped                                            |
-| Widget          | A tile that uses your integrations to display data or enables you to interact with with them                   |
-| Edit mode       | Temporary state that you can enter where you can drag and drop, edit or customize your board                   |
-| Board           | Customizable page which can be edited using the edit mode. This is where apps, sections and widgets are placed |
-| Tasks           | Workloads that are performed in the background - even if there is no user present                              |
+This glossary explains Homarr's main components and the terms used for them.
+
+| Term        | Definition                                                                              |
+| ----------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| Apps        | A piece of software that you or a third party hosts (for example, Google)               |
+| Integration | A connection to a service outside of Homarr                                             |
+| Container   | A resizable area that can hold apps, widgets, and nested Containers                     |
+| Widget      | A tile that uses your integrations to display data or enables you to interact with them |
+| Edit mode   | A temporary state where you can drag, resize, edit, or customize your board             |
+| Board       | A customizable page where apps, widgets, and Containers are arranged                    |
+| Tasks       | Workloads that are performed in the background, even if no user is present              |
@@ -8,13 +8,14 @@ tags:
  - Unraid
 ---

-import Link from '@docusaurus/Link';
-import { IconArrowRight } from '@tabler/icons-react';
+import Link from "@docusaurus/Link";
+import { IconArrowRight } from "@tabler/icons-react";

 Before you try to install Homarr, please review if your device meets the requirements.
 Installing on an unsupported device may lead to unstable behaviour and no support will be provided.

 ## Hardware
+
 - At least 500MB RAM
 - At least 600MB of free disk space for the Docker image. SSD is preferred.
 - Single or dual core CPU
@@ -24,8 +25,8 @@ Installing on an unsupported device may lead to unstable behaviour and no suppor

 We build Homarr for a bunch of different architectures, including ARM. Please ensure that your device architecture is supported by Homarr. We won't be able to provide support for unusual or outdated architectures.

-| Architecture | Supported       |
-|--------------|-----------------|
+| Architecture | Supported        |
+| ------------ | ---------------- |
 | linux/amd64  | ✅ Supported     |
 | linux/arm64  | ✅ Supported     |
 | linux/arm/v7 | ❌ Not supported |
@@ -34,10 +35,10 @@ We build Homarr for a bunch of different architectures, including ARM. Please en

 <Link
  data-attr="Go to installation"
-  className={'button button--secondary button--lg rounded-3xl dark:border-zinc-600 dark:bg-zinc-800'}
+  className={"button button--secondary button--lg rounded-3xl dark:border-zinc-600 dark:bg-zinc-800"}
  to="/docs/category/installation-1"
 >
-  <div className={'flex items-center gap-3'}>
+  <div className={"flex items-center gap-3"}>
    <span className={"dark:text-gray-200"}>Go to Installation</span>
    <IconArrowRight className={"dark:text-gray-200"} size={20} />
  </div>
@@ -1,21 +1,23 @@
-import { DockerInstallSnippet } from '@site/src/components/pages/installation/docker/dynamic-docker-install'
+import { DockerInstallSnippet } from "@site/src/components/pages/installation/docker/dynamic-docker-install";

 # Docker
+
 Docker is our recommended installation method for beginners and professionals.
 It is easy to use, ships with all dependencies inside a single container and is easy to use and maintain.
 It requires at least some basic knowledge of [Docker](https://www.docker.com/).
 We recommend [NetworkChuck's Docker Containers 101](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eGz9DS-aIeY) as a good start for complete beginners.

 ## Docker compose
+
 ### Prerequisites

 - A Linux or Windows based system that meets the [hardware prerequisites](/docs/getting-started/#hardware) and [architecture prerequisites](/docs/getting-started/#architecture).
 - [Docker](https://docs.docker.com/get-docker/)
- [Docker Compose](https://docs.docker.com/compose/install/) - *preinstalled on many systems nowadays*
+- [Docker Compose](https://docs.docker.com/compose/install/) - _preinstalled on many systems nowadays_

 ### Installation

-<DockerInstallSnippet data-visual-test="blackout"/>
+<DockerInstallSnippet data-visual-test="blackout" />
 Finally, run ``docker compose up -d`` in the same directory. This will start the Homarr container in the background.

 :::caution
@@ -26,27 +28,26 @@ Docker compose creates a network by default. Some integrations may not work (spe

 ### Updating

-To update, navigate to the directory with the ``docker-compose.yaml`` located.
+To update, navigate to the directory with the `docker-compose.yaml` located.

- Stop Homarr using ``docker compose down``
- Pull the newest image of Homarr using ``docker compose pull``
- Start Homarr again using ``docker compose up -d`` (``-d`` for detached mode - start in background)
- Delete the old image using ``docker image prune`` (*Warning: this also removes you other unused images - not just Homarr*)
+- Stop Homarr using `docker compose down`
+- Pull the newest image of Homarr using `docker compose pull`
+- Start Homarr again using `docker compose up -d` (`-d` for detached mode - start in background)
+- Delete the old image using `docker image prune` (_Warning: this also removes you other unused images - not just Homarr_)

 You can automate this process using [Watchtower](https://containrrr.dev/watchtower/).

 ### Uninstalling

-To uninstall, navigate to the directory with the ``docker-compose.yaml`` located.
+To uninstall, navigate to the directory with the `docker-compose.yaml` located.

- Stop Homarr using ``docker compose down``
- Delete the created directories & files on your root file system (check ``docker-compose.yaml`` file for your specific locations)
- Delete compose file using ``rm docker-compose.yaml``
- Prune unused Docker images using ``docker image prune`` (*Warning: this also removes you other unused images - not just Homarr*)
+- Stop Homarr using `docker compose down`
+- Delete the created directories & files on your root file system (check `docker-compose.yaml` file for your specific locations)
+- Delete compose file using `rm docker-compose.yaml`
+- Prune unused Docker images using `docker image prune` (_Warning: this also removes you other unused images - not just Homarr_)
 - (Optional): Prune any network or volumes if you use any.
 - (Optional): Remove Homarr from your reverse proxy, VPNs or tunnels if you use any.

-
 ## Docker standalone

 :::caution
@@ -77,15 +78,16 @@ docker run  \

 :::note

-Docker will mount the configuration files and icons to your host machine. Please make sure to replace ``<your-path>`` from the docker run command with your desired storage location. The path must be absolute.
+Docker will mount the configuration files and icons to your host machine. Please make sure to replace `<your-path>` from the docker run command with your desired storage location. The path must be absolute.

 :::

 ### Updating
+
 To update Homarr, you must remove your container first. Make sure that you've mounted your data and that you have access to it, so your configuration doesn't get lost.

-1. Run ``docker rm homarr`` to remove the container.
-2. Pull the latest Homarr image ``docker pull ghcr.io/homarr-labs/homarr:latest``.
+1. Run `docker rm homarr` to remove the container.
+2. Pull the latest Homarr image `docker pull ghcr.io/homarr-labs/homarr:latest`.
 3. Re-run the command you used to install Homarr.

 This process can get tideous, if you update frequently. Thus, we recommend [using docker-compose](#docker-compose)
@@ -98,8 +100,8 @@ Want to update all your containers automatically? Checkout [Watchtower](https://

 ### Uninstalling

-1. Obtain the container ID of your Homarr container using ``docker ps | grep homarr``.
-2. Delete the container using ``docker rm <your-container-id>``
-3. Prune unused Docker images using ``docker image prune`` (*Warning: this also removes you other unused images - not just Homarr*)
+1. Obtain the container ID of your Homarr container using `docker ps | grep homarr`.
+2. Delete the container using `docker rm <your-container-id>`
+3. Prune unused Docker images using `docker image prune` (_Warning: this also removes you other unused images - not just Homarr_)
 4. (Optional): Prune any network or volumes if you use any.
 5. (Optional): Remove Homarr from your reverse proxy, VPNs or tunnels if you use any.
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@

 <img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/homarr-labs/charts/refs/heads/main/charts/homarr/icon.svg" align="right" width="92" alt="homarr logo">

-![Version: 8.19.0](https://img.shields.io/badge/Version-8.19.0-informational?style=flat)
+![Version: 8.26.0](https://img.shields.io/badge/Version-8.26.0-informational?style=flat)
 ![Type: application](https://img.shields.io/badge/Type-application-informational?style=flat)
-![AppVersion: v1.60.0](https://img.shields.io/badge/AppVersion-v1.60.0-informational?style=flat)
+![AppVersion: v1.74.0](https://img.shields.io/badge/AppVersion-v1.74.0-informational?style=flat)

 A Helm chart to deploy homarr for Kubernetes

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ A Helm chart to deploy homarr for Kubernetes

 ## Source Code

-* <https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr>
+- <https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr>

 ## Requirements

@@ -76,38 +76,38 @@ To avoid including sensitive information in plain text within your version contr

 Below is an exhaustive list of all secrets:

-| FEATURE   | SECRET NAME             | SECRET KEYS                             | Required |
-|-----------|-------------------------|-----------------------------------------|----------|
-| OIDC      | auth-oidc-secret        | oidc-client-id<br>oidc-client-secret    | No       |
-| LDAP      | auth-ldap-secret        | bind-password                           | No       |
-| DATABASE  | db-secret               | db-url                                  | No       |
-| DATABASE  | db-encryption           | db-encryption-key                       | yes      |
+| FEATURE  | SECRET NAME      | SECRET KEYS                          | Required |
+| -------- | ---------------- | ------------------------------------ | -------- |
+| OIDC     | auth-oidc-secret | oidc-client-id<br>oidc-client-secret | No       |
+| LDAP     | auth-ldap-secret | bind-password                        | No       |
+| DATABASE | db-secret        | db-url                               | No       |
+| DATABASE | db-encryption    | db-encryption-key                    | yes      |

 ### Database

 You have multiple options for configuring the database:

-| DRIVER TYPE    | Persistence mode                |
-|----------------|---------------------------------|
-| better-sqlite3 | Pod disk                        |
-| better-sqlite3 | homarr-database PVC             |
-| mysql2         | External MySql database         |
-| node-postgres  | External Postgresql database    |
+| DRIVER TYPE    | Persistence mode             |
+| -------------- | ---------------------------- |
+| better-sqlite3 | Pod disk                     |
+| better-sqlite3 | homarr-database PVC          |
+| mysql2         | External MySql database      |
+| node-postgres  | External Postgresql database |

 #### Pod disk

-No additional configuration is required. However, keep in mind that if the pod restarts, all data will be lost. This setup is not *recommended* for production use.
+No additional configuration is required. However, keep in mind that if the pod restarts, all data will be lost. This setup is not _recommended_ for production use.

 To create the necessary database secret, execute the following command:

 <details>
 <summary>Required Secrets</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 kubectl create secret generic db-encryption \
 --from-literal=db-encryption-key='<SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY_SECRET_TO_CHANGE>' \
 --namespace homarr
-````
+```

 </details>

@@ -120,11 +120,11 @@ Associated secret to create :
 <details>
 <summary>DB Required Secrets</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 kubectl create secret generic db-encryption \
 --from-literal=db-encryption-key='<SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY_SECRET_TO_CHANGE>' \
 --namespace homarr
-````
+```

 </details>

@@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ Bellow an example of the override value file :
 <details>
 <summary>values.yaml</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 persistence:
  homarrDatabase:
    enabled: true
    storageClassName: "default"
    size: "1Gi"
-````
+```

 </details>

@@ -150,17 +150,18 @@ To create the necessary database secrets, execute the following command:
 <details>
 <summary>Required Secrets</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 kubectl create secret generic db-encryption \
 --from-literal=db-encryption-key='<SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY_SECRET_TO_CHANGE>' \
 --namespace homarr
-````
+```

-````yaml
+```yaml
 kubectl create secret generic db-secret \
 --from-literal=db-url='mysql://user:password@host:port/homarrdb' \
 --namespace homarr
-````
+```
+
 </details>

 Below is an example of the override values file:
@@ -168,10 +169,11 @@ Below is an example of the override values file:
 <details>
 <summary>values.yaml</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 database:
  type: mysql
-````
+```
+
 </details>

 #### External Postgresql database
@@ -181,17 +183,17 @@ To create the necessary database secrets, execute the following command:
 <details>
 <summary>Required Secrets</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 kubectl create secret generic db-encryption \
 --from-literal=db-encryption-key='<SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY_SECRET_TO_CHANGE>' \
 --namespace homarr
-````
+```

-````yaml
+```yaml
 kubectl create secret generic db-secret \
 --from-literal=db-url='postgresql://user:password@host:port/homarrdb' \
 --namespace homarr
-````
+```

 </details>

@@ -200,10 +202,11 @@ Below is an example of the override values file:
 <details>
 <summary>values.yaml</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 database:
  type: postgresql
-````
+```
+
 </details>

 ### Ingress
@@ -213,7 +216,7 @@ The ingress section in the values.yaml file allows you to configure how external
 <details>
 <summary>values.yaml</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 service:
  enabled: true # Ensure the service is enabled for Ingress to route traffic
 ingress:
@@ -231,7 +234,8 @@ ingress:
        - "homarr.homelab.dev"
        - "www.homarr.homelab.dev"
      secretName: homelab-tls
-````
+```
+
 </details>

 ### HTTPRoute (Gateway API)
@@ -242,9 +246,9 @@ This provides a more expressive and future-proof alternative to Ingress, with su
 <details>
 <summary>values.yaml</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 service:
-  enabled: true  # must be enabled for HTTPRoute to forward traffic
+  enabled: true # must be enabled for HTTPRoute to forward traffic
 httproute:
  enabled: true
  parentRefs:
@@ -259,15 +263,16 @@ httproute:
            value: /
      backendRefs:
        - name: homarr
-          port: 8080
-````
+          port: 7575
+```
+
 </details>

 #### Notes:

 - parentRefs: the Gateway(s) this route attaches to. Gateways must already exist.
 - hostnames: domain names this route applies to.
- rules:  each rule can define matches (paths, headers, queries), optional filters, and backendRefs to services
+- rules: each rule can define matches (paths, headers, queries), optional filters, and backendRefs to services
 - TLS must be configured on the Gateway (not on HTTPRoute). For example, the Gateway can have a TLS listener for homarr.homelab.dev, and this route will automatically apply once matched.

 ### Certificates
@@ -284,7 +289,7 @@ Use inline certificates to generate a ConfigMap, mounted as individual files.
 <details>
 <summary>values.yaml</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 persistence:
  homarrTrustedCerts:
    enabled: true
@@ -298,7 +303,8 @@ persistence:
        -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
        MIID...EFGH==
        -----END CERTIFICATE-----
-````
+```
+
 </details>

 Behavior:
@@ -313,7 +319,7 @@ Use inline certificates to generate a Kubernetes Secret, mounted as files.
 <details>
 <summary>values.yaml</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 persistence:
  homarrTrustedCerts:
    enabled: true
@@ -327,7 +333,8 @@ persistence:
        -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
        MIIC...XYZ==
        -----END CERTIFICATE-----
-````
+```
+
 </details>

 Behavior:
@@ -342,16 +349,17 @@ Use an existing Kubernetes Secret, assuming its keys are filenames.
 <details>
 <summary>values.yaml</summary>

-````yaml
+```yaml
 persistence:
  homarrTrustedCerts:
    enabled: true
    type: existingSecret
    existingSecretName: "existingSecretName"
    existingSecretKeys:
-        - cert3.crt
-        - cert4.crt
-````
+      - cert3.crt
+      - cert4.crt
+```
+
 </details>

 Behavior:
@@ -372,114 +380,115 @@ All available values are listed on the [artifacthub](https://artifacthub.io/pack

 ## Values

-| Key | Type | Default | Description |
-|-----|------|---------|-------------|
-| additionalObjects | list | `[]` | Additional resources to deploy. These objects are templated. |
-| affinity | object | `{}` | Node affinity for pod scheduling |
-| autoscaling.enabled | bool | `false` | Enable autoscaling |
-| autoscaling.maxReplicas | int | `100` | Maximum replicas |
-| autoscaling.minReplicas | int | `1` | Minimum replicas |
-| autoscaling.targetCPUUtilizationPercentage | int | `80` | Target CPU utilization for autoscaling |
-| containerPorts | object | `{"http":{"port":7575,"protocol":"TCP"}}` | containerPorts defines the ports to open on the container. It is a map where each entry specifies:    - `port`     (int)    (required): The port number to expose inside the container.    - `protocol` (string) (required): The network protocol (TCP or UDP) used for the port.    - `disabled` (bool)              : Optional flag to disable this port (defaults to false). Can be overridden via Helm values.  By default, this configuration exposes TCP port 7575 with the name `http`. |
-| database.migrationEnabled | bool | `true` | Database migration configuration. DB_MIGRATIONS_DISABLED Set to `true` to disable database migrations. Migrations are enabled by default (`false`). |
-| database.type | string | `"sqlite"` | Database type: sqlite, mysql or postgresql |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_BASE | string | `nil` | Base dn of your LDAP server |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_BIND_DN | string | `nil` | User used for finding users and groups |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_GROUP_CLASS | string | `"groupOfUniqueNames"` | Class used for querying groups |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_GROUP_FILTER_EXTRA_ARG | string | `nil` | Extra arguments for user's groups search filter (& based) |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_GROUP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE | string | `"member"` | Attribute used for querying group member |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_GROUP_MEMBER_USER_ATTRIBUTE | string | `"dn"` | User attribute used for comparing with group member |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_SEARCH_SCOPE | string | `"base"` | LDAP search scope between base, one or sub |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_URI | string | `nil` | URI of your LDAP server |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_USERNAME_ATTRIBUTE | string | `"uid"` | Attribute used for username |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_USERNAME_FILTER_EXTRA_ARG | string | `nil` | Extra arguments for user search filter (& based) |
-| env.AUTH_LDAP_USER_MAIL_ATTRIBUTE | string | `"mail"` | Attribute used for mail field |
-| env.AUTH_LOGOUT_REDIRECT_URL | string | `nil` | URL to redirect to after clicking logging out. |
-| env.AUTH_COOKIE_PREFIX | string | `"homarr"` | Prefix used for all authentication cookies. Change if you run another Auth.js/NextAuth app on the same hostname to avoid cookie name collisions. Only letters, numbers, hyphens and underscores. |
-| env.AUTH_OIDC_AUTO_LOGIN | string | `"false"` | Automatically redirect to OIDC login |
-| env.AUTH_OIDC_CLIENT_NAME | string | `"OIDC"` | Display name of provider (in login screen) |
-| env.AUTH_OIDC_GROUPS_ATTRIBUTE | string | `"groups"` | Attribute used for groups (roles) claim |
-| env.AUTH_OIDC_ISSUER | string | `nil` | Issuer URI of OIDC provider without trailing slash (/) |
-| env.AUTH_OIDC_NAME_ATTRIBUTE_OVERWRITE | string | `nil` | Overwrite name attribute. By default, it will use preferred_username if it does not contain a @ and otherwise name. |
-| env.AUTH_OIDC_SCOPE_OVERWRITE | string | `"openid email profile groups"` | Override the OIDC scopes |
-| env.AUTH_PROVIDERS | string | `"credentials"` | Enabled authentication methods. Multiple providers can be enabled with by separating them with , (ex. AUTH_PROVIDERS=credentials,oidc, it is highly recommended to just enable one provider). |
-| env.AUTH_SESSION_EXPIRY_TIME | string | `"30d"` | Time for the session to time out. Can be set as pure number, which will automatically be used in seconds, or followed by s, m, h or d for seconds, minutes, hours or days. (ex: "30m") |
-| env.ENABLE_DNS_CACHING | string | `"false"` | Enables dns caching. This is not yet working for all users. See #4006 |
-| env.LOG_LEVEL | string | `"info"` | Log level to use. Possible values: debug/info/warn/error |
-| env.NO_EXTERNAL_CONNECTION | string | `"false"` | Disables some requests that need internet connection |
-| env.TZ | string | `"Europe/Paris"` | Your local time zone |
-| envSecrets.authLdapCredentials.existingSecret | string | `"auth-ldap-secret"` | Name of existing secret containing LDAP credentials |
-| envSecrets.authLdapCredentials.ldapBindingPassword | string | `"bind-password"` | Password for bind user secret key |
-| envSecrets.authOidcCredentials.existingSecret | string | `"auth-oidc-secret"` | Name of existing secret containing OIDC credentials |
-| envSecrets.authOidcCredentials.oidcClientId | string | `"oidc-client-id"` | ID of OIDC client (application) secret key |
-| envSecrets.authOidcCredentials.oidcClientSecret | string | `"oidc-client-secret"` | Secret of OIDC client (application) secret key |
-| envSecrets.dbCredentials.dbUrlKey | string | `"db-url"` | Secret key for DB_URL Example for external database: `mysql://username:password@host:port/homarrdb` or `postgresql://username:password@host:port/homarrdb` |
-| envSecrets.dbCredentials.existingSecret | string | `"db-secret"` | Name of existing secret containing DB credentials |
-| envSecrets.dbEncryption.existingSecret | string | `"db-encryption"` | Name of existing secret containing DB encryption |
-| envSecrets.dbEncryption.key | string | `"db-encryption-key"` | Secret key for SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY can be generated with `openssl rand -hex 32` |
-| fullnameOverride | string | `""` | Overrides chart's fullname |
-| hostAliases | list | `[]` | Add static entries to /etc/hosts in the Pod. This is useful in the following cases: - You are running in a dual-stack cluster (IPv4 + IPv6) and want to force usage of IPv4 for specific hostnames - Your application is having DNS resolution issues or IPv6 preference issues - You need to override or simulate DNS entries without changing global DNS - You are running in an air-gapped or isolated environment without external DNS Example: hostAliases:   - ip: "192.168.1.10"     hostnames:       - "example.com"       - "example.internal" |
-| httproute | object | `{"enabled":false,"hostnames":["chart-example.local"],"parentRefs":[{"name":"my-gateway","namespace":"default"}],"rules":[{"backendRefs":[{"name":"homarr","port":8080}],"filters":[],"matches":[{"path":{"type":"PathPrefix","value":"/"}}]}]}` | Gateway API HTTPRoute configuration |
-| httproute.enabled | bool | `false` | Enable HTTPRoute |
-| httproute.hostnames | list | `["chart-example.local"]` | Hostnames this route matches (similar to ingress.hosts.host) |
-| httproute.parentRefs | list | `[{"name":"my-gateway","namespace":"default"}]` | References to the parent Gateway(s) this route attaches to. Each item must include at least a `name`, and optionally a `namespace`. |
-| httproute.rules | list | `[{"backendRefs":[{"name":"homarr","port":8080}],"filters":[],"matches":[{"path":{"type":"PathPrefix","value":"/"}}]}]` | List of routing rules. Each rule can include: - matches: path/header/query matching - filters: optional transformations (redirects, header modifications, etc.) - backendRefs: one or more Kubernetes Services to forward traffic to |
-| httproute.rules[0].filters | list | `[]` | Optional filters for this rule (default: empty) |
-| httproute.rules[0].matches[0].path.type | string | `"PathPrefix"` | Path match type. One of: Exact, PathPrefix, RegularExpression |
-| httproute.rules[0].matches[0].path.value | string | `"/"` | Path value to match |
-| image.pullPolicy | string | `"IfNotPresent"` | Image pull policy |
-| image.repository | string | `"ghcr.io/homarr-labs/homarr"` | Image repository |
-| image.tag | string | `"v1.60.0"` | Overrides the image tag whose default is the chart appVersion |
-| imagePullSecrets | list | `[]` | Secrets for Docker registry |
-| ingress.annotations | object | `{}` | Ingress annotations |
-| ingress.enabled | bool | `false` | Enable ingress |
-| ingress.hosts | list | `[{"host":"chart-example.local","paths":[{"path":"/"}]}]` | Ingress hosts configuration |
-| ingress.ingressClassName | string | `""` | Ingress class name |
-| ingress.tls | list | `[]` | Ingress TLS configuration |
-| livenessProbe.failureThreshold | int | `3` | Failure threshold for liveness probe - number of consecutive failures before pod is restarted |
-| livenessProbe.httpGet.path | string | `"/api/health/live"` | This is the liveness check endpoint used by Kubernetes to determine if the application is still running. |
-| livenessProbe.httpGet.port | int | `7575` | The port on which the liveness check will be performed. This must be the same as the container port exposed by the application. |
-| livenessProbe.initialDelaySeconds | int | `10` | Initial delay in seconds before the liveness probe starts |
-| livenessProbe.periodSeconds | int | `10` | Period in seconds between liveness probe checks |
-| livenessProbe.timeoutSeconds | int | `1` | Timeout in seconds for each liveness probe check |
-| nameOverride | string | `""` | Overrides chart's name |
-| nodeSelector | object | `{}` | Node selectors for pod scheduling |
-| persistence.homarrDatabase.accessMode | string | `"ReadWriteOnce"` | homarr-database access mode |
-| persistence.homarrDatabase.enabled | bool | `false` | Enable homarr-database persistent storage |
-| persistence.homarrDatabase.mountPath | string | `"/appdata"` | homarr-database mount path inside the pod |
-| persistence.homarrDatabase.name | string | `"homarr-database"` | homarr-database persistent storage name |
-| persistence.homarrDatabase.size | string | `"50Mi"` | homarr-database storage size |
-| persistence.homarrDatabase.storageClassName | string | `"local-path"` | homarr-database storage class name |
-| persistence.homarrDatabase.volumeClaimName | string | `""` | homarr-database optional volumeClaimName to target specific PV |
-| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.certificates | string | `nil` | homarr-trusted-certificates certificates, each entry will become a new trusted certificate as a dedicated file (works only for "configmap" and "secret" mode) |
-| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.enabled | bool | `false` | Enable trusted certificates persistence |
-| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.existingSecretKeys | string | `nil` | List of keys (filenames) to mount from the existing secret (used only when type is "existingSecret") |
-| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.existingSecretName | string | `""` | Name of the existing Kubernetes Secret to mount (required if type is "existingSecret") |
-| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.mountPath | string | `"/appdata/trusted-certificates"` | homarr-trusted-certificates  mount path inside the pod |
-| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.type | string | `"configmap"` | Persistence mode can be : configmap (declarative), secret (declarative) or existingSecret (mount an existing Kubernetes Secret by name and specify which keys to mount as files) |
-| podAnnotations | object | `{}` | Pod annotations |
-| podLabels | object | `{}` | Pod labels |
-| podSecurityContext | object | `{}` | Pod security context |
-| rbac | object | `{"enabled":false}` | Enable RBAC resources for Kubernetes integration Creates Role, ClusterRole, and associated bindings for Homarr's Kubernetes features |
-| rbac.enabled | bool | `false` | Enable to create RBAC resources and activate Kubernetes integration |
-| readinessProbe.failureThreshold | int | `3` | Failure threshold for readiness probe - number of consecutive failures before pod is considered unready |
-| readinessProbe.httpGet.path | string | `"/api/health/ready"` | This is the readiness check endpoint used by Kubernetes to determine if the application is ready to handle traffic. |
-| readinessProbe.httpGet.port | int | `7575` | The port on which the readiness check will be performed. This must match the container's exposed port. |
-| readinessProbe.initialDelaySeconds | int | `10` | Initial delay in seconds before the readiness probe starts. increase this value if the pod is slow to fully start. |
-| readinessProbe.periodSeconds | int | `10` | Period in seconds between readiness probe checks |
-| readinessProbe.timeoutSeconds | int | `1` | Timeout in seconds for each readiness probe check |
-| replicaCount | int | `1` | Number of replicas |
-| resources | object | `{}` | Resource configuration |
-| securityContext | object | `{}` | Security context |
-| service.enabled | bool | `true` | Enable service |
-| service.ipFamilies | list | `[]` | List of IP families to use for the service. Examples: - ["IPv4"] - ["IPv6"] - ["IPv4", "IPv6"] for dual-stack Leave empty to use cluster default behavior |
-| service.ipFamilyPolicy | string | `"SingleStack"` | Defines how the service assigns IP families (IPv4/IPv6) Possible values: - SingleStack (default): Only one IP family, usually IPv4 - PreferDualStack: Use dual-stack if the cluster supports it, fallback to single - RequireDualStack: Fail if dual-stack cannot be assigned |
-| service.ports.app.port | int | `7575` | Service port |
-| service.ports.app.protocol | string | `"TCP"` | Service protocol |
-| service.ports.app.targetPort | string | `"http"` | Service target port |
-| service.type | string | `"ClusterIP"` | Service type |
-| strategyType | string | `"RollingUpdate"` | `strategyType` specifies the strategy used to replace old Pods by new ones. `strategyType` can be `"Recreate"` or `"RollingUpdate"`. `"RollingUpdate"` is the default value and updates Pods in a rolling update fashion. `"Recreate"` will kill all existing Pods before new ones are created. The `"Recreate"` strategy is necessary when persistent volume's `accessMode` is set to `"ReadWriteOnce"` when using `helm upgrade`, as pod volume attachments to an existing PersistentVolumeClaim need to be cleared before a new pod can attach to it. |
-| tolerations | list | `[]` | Node tolerations for pod scheduling |
+| Key                                                | Type   | Default                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+| -------------------------------------------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| additionalObjects                                  | list   | `[]`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Additional resources to deploy. These objects are templated.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
+| affinity                                           | object | `{}`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Node affinity for pod scheduling                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| autoscaling.enabled                                | bool   | `false`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Enable autoscaling                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| autoscaling.maxReplicas                            | int    | `100`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Maximum replicas                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| autoscaling.minReplicas                            | int    | `1`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              | Minimum replicas                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| autoscaling.targetCPUUtilizationPercentage         | int    | `80`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Target CPU utilization for autoscaling                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| containerPorts                                     | object | `{"http":{"port":7575,"protocol":"TCP"}}`                                                                                                                                                                                                        | containerPorts defines the ports to open on the container. It is a map where each entry specifies: - `port` (int) (required): The port number to expose inside the container. - `protocol` (string) (required): The network protocol (TCP or UDP) used for the port. - `disabled` (bool) : Optional flag to disable this port (defaults to false). Can be overridden via Helm values. By default, this configuration exposes TCP port 7575 with the name `http`.                                                                                         |
+| database.migrationEnabled                          | bool   | `true`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | Database migration configuration. DB_MIGRATIONS_DISABLED Set to `true` to disable database migrations. Migrations are enabled by default (`false`).                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| database.type                                      | string | `"sqlite"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       | Database type: sqlite, mysql or postgresql                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| env.AUTH_COOKIE_PREFIX                             | string | `"homarr"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       | Prefix used for all authentication cookies. Change if you run another Auth.js/NextAuth app on the same hostname to avoid cookie name collisions. Only letters, numbers, hyphens and underscores.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_BASE                                 | string | `nil`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Base dn of your LDAP server                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_BIND_DN                              | string | `nil`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | User used for finding users and groups                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_GROUP_CLASS                          | string | `"groupOfUniqueNames"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | Class used for querying groups                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_GROUP_FILTER_EXTRA_ARG               | string | `nil`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Extra arguments for user's groups search filter (& based)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_GROUP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE               | string | `"member"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       | Attribute used for querying group member                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_GROUP_MEMBER_USER_ATTRIBUTE          | string | `"dn"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | User attribute used for comparing with group member                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_SEARCH_SCOPE                         | string | `"base"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         | LDAP search scope between base, one or sub                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_URI                                  | string | `nil`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | URI of your LDAP server                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_USERNAME_ATTRIBUTE                   | string | `"uid"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Attribute used for username                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_USERNAME_FILTER_EXTRA_ARG            | string | `nil`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Extra arguments for user search filter (& based)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| env.AUTH_LDAP_USER_MAIL_ATTRIBUTE                  | string | `"mail"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         | Attribute used for mail field                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| env.AUTH_LOGOUT_REDIRECT_URL                       | string | `nil`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | URL to redirect to after clicking logging out.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| env.AUTH_OIDC_AUTO_LOGIN                           | string | `"false"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        | Automatically redirect to OIDC login                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| env.AUTH_OIDC_CLIENT_NAME                          | string | `"OIDC"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         | Display name of provider (in login screen)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| env.AUTH_OIDC_GROUPS_ATTRIBUTE                     | string | `"groups"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       | Attribute used for groups (roles) claim                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| env.AUTH_OIDC_ISSUER                               | string | `nil`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Issuer URI of OIDC provider without trailing slash (/)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| env.AUTH_OIDC_NAME_ATTRIBUTE_OVERWRITE             | string | `nil`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Overwrite name attribute. By default, it will use preferred_username if it does not contain a @ and otherwise name.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| env.AUTH_OIDC_SCOPE_OVERWRITE                      | string | `"openid email profile groups"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                  | Override the OIDC scopes                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| env.AUTH_PROVIDERS                                 | string | `"credentials"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  | Enabled authentication methods. Multiple providers can be enabled with by separating them with , (ex. AUTH_PROVIDERS=credentials,oidc, it is highly recommended to just enable one provider).                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| env.AUTH_SESSION_EXPIRY_TIME                       | string | `"30d"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Time for the session to time out. Can be set as pure number, which will automatically be used in seconds, or followed by s, m, h or d for seconds, minutes, hours or days. (ex: "30m")                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| env.ENABLE_DNS_CACHING                             | string | `"false"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        | Enables dns caching. This is not yet working for all users. See #4006                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
+| env.LOG_LEVEL                                      | string | `"info"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         | Log level to use. Possible values: debug/info/warn/error                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| env.NO_EXTERNAL_CONNECTION                         | string | `"false"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        | Disables some requests that need internet connection                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| env.TZ                                             | string | `"Europe/Paris"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 | Your local time zone                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| envSecrets.authLdapCredentials.existingSecret      | string | `"auth-ldap-secret"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Name of existing secret containing LDAP credentials                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| envSecrets.authLdapCredentials.ldapBindingPassword | string | `"bind-password"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                | Password for bind user secret key                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| envSecrets.authOidcCredentials.existingSecret      | string | `"auth-oidc-secret"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Name of existing secret containing OIDC credentials                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| envSecrets.authOidcCredentials.oidcClientId        | string | `"oidc-client-id"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                               | ID of OIDC client (application) secret key                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| envSecrets.authOidcCredentials.oidcClientSecret    | string | `"oidc-client-secret"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | Secret of OIDC client (application) secret key                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| envSecrets.dbCredentials.dbUrlKey                  | string | `"db-url"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       | Secret key for DB_URL Example for external database: `mysql://username:password@host:port/homarrdb` or `postgresql://username:password@host:port/homarrdb`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| envSecrets.dbCredentials.existingSecret            | string | `"db-secret"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    | Name of existing secret containing DB credentials                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| envSecrets.dbEncryption.existingSecret             | string | `"db-encryption"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                | Name of existing secret containing DB encryption                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| envSecrets.dbEncryption.key                        | string | `"db-encryption-key"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Secret key for SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY can be generated with `openssl rand -hex 32`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| fullnameOverride                                   | string | `""`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Overrides chart's fullname                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| hostAliases                                        | list   | `[]`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Add static entries to /etc/hosts in the Pod. This is useful in the following cases: - You are running in a dual-stack cluster (IPv4 + IPv6) and want to force usage of IPv4 for specific hostnames - Your application is having DNS resolution issues or IPv6 preference issues - You need to override or simulate DNS entries without changing global DNS - You are running in an air-gapped or isolated environment without external DNS Example: hostAliases: - ip: "192.168.1.10" hostnames: - "example.com" - "example.internal"                    |
+| httproute                                          | object | `{"enabled":false,"hostnames":["chart-example.local"],"parentRefs":[{"name":"my-gateway","namespace":"default"}],"rules":[{"backendRefs":[{"name":"homarr","port":7575}],"filters":[],"matches":[{"path":{"type":"PathPrefix","value":"/"}}]}]}` | Gateway API HTTPRoute configuration                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| httproute.enabled                                  | bool   | `false`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Enable HTTPRoute                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| httproute.hostnames                                | list   | `["chart-example.local"]`                                                                                                                                                                                                                        | Hostnames this route matches (similar to ingress.hosts.host)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
+| httproute.parentRefs                               | list   | `[{"name":"my-gateway","namespace":"default"}]`                                                                                                                                                                                                  | References to the parent Gateway(s) this route attaches to. Each item must include at least a `name`, and optionally a `namespace`.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| httproute.rules                                    | list   | `[{"backendRefs":[{"name":"homarr","port":7575}],"filters":[],"matches":[{"path":{"type":"PathPrefix","value":"/"}}]}]`                                                                                                                          | List of routing rules. Each rule can include: - matches: path/header/query matching - filters: optional transformations (redirects, header modifications, etc.) - backendRefs: one or more Kubernetes Services to forward traffic to                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| httproute.rules[0].filters                         | list   | `[]`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Optional filters for this rule (default: empty)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| httproute.rules[0].matches[0].path.type            | string | `"PathPrefix"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   | Path match type. One of: Exact, PathPrefix, RegularExpression                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| httproute.rules[0].matches[0].path.value           | string | `"/"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Path value to match                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| image.pullPolicy                                   | string | `"IfNotPresent"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 | Image pull policy                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| image.repository                                   | string | `"ghcr.io/homarr-labs/homarr"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                   | Image repository                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| image.tag                                          | string | `"v1.74.0"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      | Overrides the image tag whose default is the chart appVersion                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| imagePullSecrets                                   | list   | `[]`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Secrets for Docker registry                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+| ingress.annotations                                | object | `{}`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Ingress annotations                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| ingress.enabled                                    | bool   | `false`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Enable ingress                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| ingress.hosts                                      | list   | `[{"host":"chart-example.local","paths":[{"path":"/"}]}]`                                                                                                                                                                                        | Ingress hosts configuration                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+| ingress.ingressClassName                           | string | `""`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Ingress class name                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| ingress.tls                                        | list   | `[]`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Ingress TLS configuration                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
+| livenessProbe.failureThreshold                     | int    | `3`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              | Failure threshold for liveness probe - number of consecutive failures before pod is restarted                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| livenessProbe.httpGet.path                         | string | `"/api/health/live"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | This is the liveness check endpoint used by Kubernetes to determine if the application is still running.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| livenessProbe.httpGet.port                         | int    | `7575`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | The port on which the liveness check will be performed. This must be the same as the container port exposed by the application.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| livenessProbe.initialDelaySeconds                  | int    | `10`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Initial delay in seconds before the liveness probe starts                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
+| livenessProbe.periodSeconds                        | int    | `10`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Period in seconds between liveness probe checks                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| livenessProbe.timeoutSeconds                       | int    | `1`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              | Timeout in seconds for each liveness probe check                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| nameOverride                                       | string | `""`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Overrides chart's name                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| nodeSelector                                       | object | `{}`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Node selectors for pod scheduling                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| persistence.homarrDatabase.accessMode              | string | `"ReadWriteOnce"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                | homarr-database access mode                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+| persistence.homarrDatabase.enabled                 | bool   | `false`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Enable homarr-database persistent storage                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
+| persistence.homarrDatabase.mountPath               | string | `"/appdata"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     | homarr-database mount path inside the pod                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
+| persistence.homarrDatabase.name                    | string | `"homarr-database"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                              | homarr-database persistent storage name                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| persistence.homarrDatabase.size                    | string | `"50Mi"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         | homarr-database storage size                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
+| persistence.homarrDatabase.storageClassName        | string | `"local-path"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   | homarr-database storage class name                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| persistence.homarrDatabase.volumeClaimName         | string | `""`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | homarr-database optional volumeClaimName to target specific PV                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.certificates        | string | `nil`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | homarr-trusted-certificates certificates, each entry will become a new trusted certificate as a dedicated file (works only for "configmap" and "secret" mode)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.enabled             | bool   | `false`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Enable trusted certificates persistence                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.existingSecretKeys  | string | `nil`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | List of keys (filenames) to mount from the existing secret (used only when type is "existingSecret")                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.existingSecretName  | string | `""`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Name of the existing Kubernetes Secret to mount (required if type is "existingSecret")                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.mountPath           | string | `"/appdata/trusted-certificates"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                | homarr-trusted-certificates mount path inside the pod                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
+| persistence.homarrTrustedCerts.type                | string | `"configmap"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    | Persistence mode can be : configmap (declarative), secret (declarative) or existingSecret (mount an existing Kubernetes Secret by name and specify which keys to mount as files)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| podAnnotations                                     | object | `{}`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Pod annotations                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| podLabels                                          | object | `{}`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Pod labels                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| podSecurityContext                                 | object | `{}`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Pod security context                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| rbac                                               | object | `{"enabled":false}`                                                                                                                                                                                                                              | Enable RBAC resources for Kubernetes integration Creates Role, ClusterRole, and associated bindings for Homarr's Kubernetes features                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| rbac.enabled                                       | bool   | `false`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Enable to create RBAC resources and activate Kubernetes integration                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| readinessProbe.failureThreshold                    | int    | `3`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              | Failure threshold for readiness probe - number of consecutive failures before pod is considered unready                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| readinessProbe.httpGet.path                        | string | `"/api/health/ready"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | This is the readiness check endpoint used by Kubernetes to determine if the application is ready to handle traffic.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| readinessProbe.httpGet.port                        | int    | `7575`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | The port on which the readiness check will be performed. This must match the container's exposed port.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| readinessProbe.initialDelaySeconds                 | int    | `10`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Initial delay in seconds before the readiness probe starts. increase this value if the pod is slow to fully start.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| readinessProbe.periodSeconds                       | int    | `10`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Period in seconds between readiness probe checks                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| readinessProbe.timeoutSeconds                      | int    | `1`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              | Timeout in seconds for each readiness probe check                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| replicaCount                                       | int    | `1`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              | Number of replicas                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| resources                                          | object | `{}`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Resource configuration                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| securityContext                                    | object | `{}`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Security context                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| service.enabled                                    | bool   | `true`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | Enable service                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| service.ipFamilies                                 | list   | `[]`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | List of IP families to use for the service. Examples: - ["IPv4"] - ["IPv6"] - ["IPv4", "IPv6"] for dual-stack Leave empty to use cluster default behavior                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
+| service.ipFamilyPolicy                             | string | `"SingleStack"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  | Defines how the service assigns IP families (IPv4/IPv6) Possible values: - SingleStack (default): Only one IP family, usually IPv4 - PreferDualStack: Use dual-stack if the cluster supports it, fallback to single - RequireDualStack: Fail if dual-stack cannot be assigned                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| service.ports.app.port                             | int    | `7575`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | Service port                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
+| service.ports.app.protocol                         | string | `"TCP"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Service protocol                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| service.ports.app.targetPort                       | string | `"http"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         | Service target port                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| service.type                                       | string | `"ClusterIP"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    | Service type                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
+| strategyType                                       | string | `"RollingUpdate"`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                | `strategyType` specifies the strategy used to replace old Pods by new ones. `strategyType` can be `"Recreate"` or `"RollingUpdate"`. `"RollingUpdate"` is the default value and updates Pods in a rolling update fashion. `"Recreate"` will kill all existing Pods before new ones are created. The `"Recreate"` strategy is necessary when persistent volume's `accessMode` is set to `"ReadWriteOnce"` when using `helm upgrade`, as pod volume attachments to an existing PersistentVolumeClaim need to be cleared before a new pod can attach to it. |
+| tolerations                                        | list   | `[]`                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Node tolerations for pod scheduling                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |

 ---
+
 Autogenerated from chart metadata using [helm-docs](https://github.com/norwoodj/helm-docs)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Homarr can be seamlessly integrated into your Home Assistant setup with this add
 ## Installation

 1. **Add Repository**: Navigate to your Home Assistant Supervisor panel, and go to the Add-on Store. Add the following repository URL: `https://github.com/Wiggen94/ha-homarr-v1-server` or click this button
-[![Open your Home Assistant instance and show the add add-on repository dialog with a specific repository URL pre-filled.](https://my.home-assistant.io/badges/supervisor_add_addon_repository.svg)](https://my.home-assistant.io/redirect/supervisor_add_addon_repository/?repository_url=https%3A%2F%2Fgithub.com%2FWiggen94%2Fha-homarr-v1-server)
+   [![Open your Home Assistant instance and show the add add-on repository dialog with a specific repository URL pre-filled.](https://my.home-assistant.io/badges/supervisor_add_addon_repository.svg)](https://my.home-assistant.io/redirect/supervisor_add_addon_repository/?repository_url=https%3A%2F%2Fgithub.com%2FWiggen94%2Fha-homarr-v1-server)

 2. **Install the Add-on**: Search for "Homarr Server" in the Add-on Store and select it. Click on "Install" to start the installation process.

@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 # Portainer
+
 ## Portainer Stacks
+
 ### Prerequisites

 - [Portainer Stacks](https://www.portainer.io/blog/stacks-docker-compose-the-portainer-way)
@@ -23,15 +25,14 @@ services:
    environment:
      - SECRET_ENCRYPTION_KEY=your_64_character_hex_string # <--- can be generated with `openssl rand -hex 32`
    ports:
-      - '7575:7575'
+      - "7575:7575"
 ```

-
 :::note
-Portainer will mount the files to your host machine. Please make sure to replace ``<your-path>`` from the docker run command with your desired storage location. The path must be absolute.
+Portainer will mount the files to your host machine. Please make sure to replace `<your-path>` from the docker run command with your desired storage location. The path must be absolute.
 :::

-Then, click on ``Deploy the stack`` and wait until the container has started.
+Then, click on `Deploy the stack` and wait until the container has started.

 :::tip

@@ -43,5 +44,5 @@ If you're unsure how to create a stack, checkout the [Portainer Documentation](h

 To update Homarr using Docker Compose or Portainer Stacks, simply pull the latest image and restart the container.

-1. Run ``docker pull ghcr.io/homarr-labs/homarr:latest`` to pull the latest image.
-2. Re-run ``docker-compose up -d`` or re-deploy the stack in Portainer.
+1. Run `docker pull ghcr.io/homarr-labs/homarr:latest` to pull the latest image.
+2. Re-run `docker-compose up -d` or re-deploy the stack in Portainer.
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ After you've installed Homarr, you can find a new LXC "homarr".

 # Updating

-Updating is as simple as executing 
+Updating is as simple as executing

 ```bash
 update
@@ -49,17 +49,19 @@ Some Homarr features require setting environment variables. When installing Homa

 # Troubleshooting

-If something does not work after an update, please first try rebooting the LXC or the homarr Service with 
+If something does not work after an update, please first try rebooting the LXC or the homarr Service with

 ```bash
 systemctl restart homarr
 ```

 # Getting help
+
 - If you are looking for help with the script, updating the LXC or troubleshooting the installer, please get in contact with the support of the community scripts. They provide support on their [Discord](https://discord.gg/2wvnMDgdnU). If you found vulnerabilities, bugs or have a request for the script, [create a new issue here](https://github.com/community-scripts/ProxmoxVE/issues/new/choose).
 - If you are looking to report a bug, vulnerability or request a new feature, use https://github.com/homarr-labs/homarr . You can ask for help on our Discord.

 # How to find logs
+
 Homarr runs under a system service called `homarr`, so getting the logs is a simple as using the following command inside the LXC (Container) Shell

 ```bash
@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@
 QNAP installation guide has not updated to 1.0 yet. There guide is still for 0.15.10.
 :::

-When installing on QNAP, we recommend you to install Homarr using [Container Station]( https://www.qnap.com/en/software/container-station) or [this third-party image](https://www.myqnap.org/product/homarr/).
+When installing on QNAP, we recommend you to install Homarr using [Container Station](https://www.qnap.com/en/software/container-station) or [this third-party image](https://www.myqnap.org/product/homarr/).

 There is also a guide available, but note that it is written in Chinese: https://post.smzdm.com/p/awzm7op2/
@@ -1 +1 @@
 .16.0
 .18.0